% -*- coding: iso-latin-1; time-stamp-format: "%02d-%02m-%:y at %02H:%02M:%02S %Z" -*-
% N.B.: this dtx file does NOT use \DocInput (only docstrip), the
% LaTeX source of the documentation is NOT prefixed with % signs.
%<*dtx>
\def\dtxtimestamp {Time-stamp: <06-11-2016 at 19:22:30 CET>}%
\def\docdate{2016/11/06}
%</dtx>
%<*drv|ins>
\def\MSTpkgdate    {2016/11/06}
\def\MSTpkgversion {1.3r}
%</drv|ins>
%<*dtx>
\iffalse % meta-comment
%</dtx>
%<*readme>
<!-- -->
            +-------------------------------------------+
            +                                           +
            +                mathastext                 +
            +                                           +
            +     'Use the text font in math mode'      +
            +                                           +
            +-------------------------------------------+

This Work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
of the [LPPL1.3c](http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt)

The Author of this Work is Jean-Francois Burnol

Copyright (C) 2011-2016 Jean-Francois Burnol (`jfbu at free dot fr`)

      Source: mathastext.dtx 1.3r 2016/11/06

%</readme>
%<*dtx>
Generating the documentation from source:

1a) tex (or etex) mathastext.dtx to extract the sty file (and README.md)
1b) then latex mathastext.tex (thrice) + dvipdfmx mathastext.dvi
2) alternative to 1a)+1b): pdflatex mathastext.dtx. The documentation does
not include the documented source code then, in contrast to 1a)+1b) method
\fi % end of meta-comment
%</dtx>
%<*!readme>
%%----------------------------------------------------------------
%% Package: mathastext
%% Info:    Use the text font in math mode (JFB)
%% Version: 1.3r 2016/11/06
%% License: LPPL 1.3c (http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt)
%% Copyright (C) 2011-2016 Jean-Francois Burnol <jfbu at free dot fr>
%% Examples of use of mathastext:
%%        http://jf.burnol.free.fr/mathastext.html
%%        http://jf.burnol.free.fr/showcase.html
%%----------------------------------------------------------------
%</!readme>
%<*dtx>
\chardef\noetex 0
\ifx\numexpr\undefined\chardef\noetex 1 \fi
\ifnum\noetex=1 \chardef\extractfiles 0 % extract files, then stop
\else
    \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined
      \chardef\extractfiles 0 % etex etc.. on mathastext.dtx
    \else % latex/pdflatex on mathastext.tex or on mathastext.dtx
      \ifx\Withdvipdfmx\undefined
        % latex run is on mathastext.dtx, we will extract all files
        \chardef\extractfiles 1 % 1 = extract all and typeset doc
        \chardef\Withdvipdfmx 0 % 0 = pdflatex or latex+dvips
        \chardef\NoSourceCode 1 % 
        \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}%
        \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper,fontsize=11pt}{scrdoc}% 
      \else % latex run is on mathastext.tex, 
        \chardef\extractfiles 2 % no extractions
      \fi
    \ProvidesFile{mathastext.dtx}%
    [bundle source (\MSTpkgversion, \MSTpkgdate) and documentation (\docdate)]%
    \fi
\fi
\ifnum\extractfiles<2 % extract files
\def\MessageDeFin{\newlinechar10 \let\Msg\message
\Msg{^^J}%
\Msg{********************************************************************^^J}%
\Msg{*^^J}%
\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following^^J}%
\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX:^^J}%
\Msg{*^^J}%
\Msg{*\space\space\space\space mathastext.sty^^J}%
\Msg{*^^J}%
\Msg{* To produce the documentation with source code included run latex^^J}%
\Msg{* thrice on file mathastext.tex and then dvipdfmx on mathastext.dvi^^J}%
\Msg{*^^J}%
\Msg{* Happy TeXing!^^J}%
\Msg{*^^J}%
\Msg{********************************************************************^^J}%
}%
\begingroup
\input docstrip.tex
\askforoverwritefalse
\def\testfilepreamble{\string\def\string\testfileincipit{Test file
    to accompany \string\texttt{mathastext}^^J%
    version \string\texttt{\MSTpkgversion} of \string\texttt{\MSTpkgdate}}}
\generate{\nopreamble\nopostamble
    \file{README.md}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{readme}}
  \usepostamble\defaultpostamble
    \file{mathastext.ins}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{ins}}
    \file{mathastext.tex}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{drv}}
  \usepreamble\testfilepreamble
    \file{mathastexttestmathversions.tex}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{mathversions}}
    \file{mathastexttestunicodemacos.tex}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{macos}}
    \file{mathastexttestunicodelinux.tex}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{linux}}
    \file{mathastexttestalphabets.tex}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{alphabets}}
  \usepreamble\defaultpreamble
    \file{mathastext.sty}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{package}}%
}
\endgroup
\fi % end of file extractions
\ifnum\extractfiles=0 
% tex/etex/xetex/etc on mathastext.dtx, files are now extracted, stop
  \MessageDeFin\expandafter\end
\fi
% no file extractions if latex compilation was on mathastext.tex
\ifdefined\MessageDeFin\AtEndDocument{\MessageDeFin}\fi
\begingroup\catcode1 0 \catcode`\\ 12 
% this is to fool TeX's recognition of \if/\else/\fi like tokens in test files
^^Aiffalse
%</dtx>
%<*readme>
> cumulative Change Log at bottom of this file.

DESCRIPTION
===========

Optimal typographical results for documents containing
mathematical symbols can only be hoped for with math fonts
specifically designed to match a given text typeface.
Although the list of freely available math fonts (alongside
the Computer Modern and AMS extension fonts) is slowly
expanding (fourier, kpfonts, mathdesign, pxfonts, txfonts,
newpx, newtx, ...) it remains limited, and the situation is
even worse with Unicode fonts (XeTeX/LuaTeX). So if you can't
find a math font which fits well with your favorite text
font, and wish to still be able to typeset mathematical
documents, perhaps not of the highest typographical quality,
but at least not subjected to obvious visual incompatibilities 
between your text font and the math fonts, try out mathastext: 
it will simply use the text font also for the math!

- http://jf.burnol.free.fr/mathastext.html
- http://jf.burnol.free.fr/showcase.html


USAGE
=====

`mathastext` is a LaTeX package

      \usepackage{mathastext}

The document will use in math mode the text font as configured at
package loading time, for these characters:

      abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
      ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
      0123456789
      !?,.:;+-=()[]/#$%&<>|{}\
%$ because emacs buffer fontification

Main options: `italic`, `subdued`, `LGRgreek`.
- Use the `italic` option to get the Latin letters in math mode
  be in italics. Digits and log-like operator names (pre-defined
  as well as user-defined) will be in the same shape as the text
  font (usually this means upright).
- each `\Mathastext[<name>]` in the preamble defines a math version
  to be later activated in the document body via the command
  `\MTversion{<name>}`.
- With the `subdued` option, mathastext will be active
  only inside such math versions.
- For documents needing Greek letters the following is
  possible:
  - no option: Greek letters defined by other packages,
  - `eulergreek`: use the Euler font for the Greek letters,
  - `symbolgreek`: use the Postscript Symbol font for the
     Greek letters.
  - `LGRgreek`: use the document text font in LGR encoding.
     Further options specify the shape of the lowercase
     and uppercase Greek glyphs; starting with v1.15c it is
     possible to use multiple distinct LGR fonts in the
     same document.
- Commands are provided to scale the Euler and Symbol fonts by an
  arbitrary factor to let them fit better with the document text
  font.
- `\MTsetmathskips` allows to set up extra spacings around letters.


INSTALLATION
============

### Using the manager of your TeX installation

mathastext is in TeXLive and MikTeX. Just use the package manager to upgrade
or install it.

### From `mathastext.tds.zip`

user install in \$HOME folder: `unzip -d <destfolder> mathastext.tds.zip`,
where `<destfolder>` could be `~/texmf` or on macosx  `~/Library/texmf`.

### From `mathastext.dtx`

- with mathastext.ins: run tex on mathastext.ins to generate the package
  style file mathastext.sty as well as mathastext.tex and some test
  files.
- without mathastext.ins: run tex (or etex) on mathastext.dtx to
  generate the package style file mathastext.sty as well as
  mathastext.tex and some test files. (and also mathastext.ins)
- Move the style file mathastext.sty to a location where TeX can find it.
  In a TDS compliant hierarchy this will be
        <TDS>:tex/latex/mathastext/mathastext.sty

### Generating documentation and test files

Run tex (or etex) on mathastext.dtx to generate mathastext.tex and some
test files:

    mathastexttestmathversions.tex
    mathastexttestunicodemacos.tex
    mathastexttestunicodelinux.tex
    mathastexttestalphabets.tex

To generate the documentation (with source code):

    latex mathastext.tex (thrice)
    dvipdfmx mathastext.dvi

The file mathastext.tex can be customized to change the font size or set
other options therein. Alternative: pdflatex mathastext.dtx (thrice).
This produces the documentation without the source code.

> (One cannot use lualatex or xelatex to compile the documentation.)

CHANGE LOG
==========

1.3r \[2016/11/06\]
----

* documentation tweaks.


1.3q \[2016/10/31\]
----

* new option `unicodeminus`.

* the `Recent Changes` section of the documentation has been removed as it
  was a duplicate of information available in the `Change Log`.

* some other
  changes in the documentation, in particular the use of straight quotes
  in verbatim.


1.3p \[2016/05/13\]
----

* bugfix: release `1.3n` had forgotten to activate by default its new
  customization of the amsmath macro `\newmcodes@` (it was done from
  using `\MTversion` in the document body but not by default at start
  of body.)

* public name `\MTfixmathfonts` for a `1.3o` macro.


1.3o \[2016/05/03\]
----

* `mathastext` fixes an issue related to a feature of `LuaLaTeX` and
  `luaotfload` that OpenType fonts are declared in one of two modes:
  `node` and `base`, and only the latter is functional in math mode. But
  by default text fonts are declared in mode `node`. Thus `mathastext`
  now intervenes to make it so that the font it declares in math mode
  will use mode `base`. This fixes issues with for example old style
  figures being used while the text font used lining figures (or vice
  versa, depending on the font). But see the code comments for more.


1.3n \[2016/04/22\]
----

* at long last, `mathastext` takes care properly of annoying and perplexing
  amsmath's `\newmcodes@`. The very recent change in `amsopn.sty` finally
  made it compatible with Unicode engines, but anyhow, `mathastext` must do
  its own patch to use the correct font. All of this taking into account
  the various options passed to the package. Lots of trouble for a tiny thing.


1.3m \[2016/04/02\]
----

* minor code maintenance before annual TL freeze.
 
 
1.3l \[2016/01/29\]
----

* compatibility with fontspec's upcoming switch from `EU1/EU2` to
  `TU` common to both Unicode engines.
 
 
1.3k \[2016/01/24\]
----

* typos fixed in the documentation. In particular, the README link to
  the package homepage had remained broken from day one of the package
  releases: `mathastext.html` therein was misspelled as
  `mathsastext.html` ! (but the pdf documentation had the correct link;
  as well as the CTAN catalogue).
 
 
1.3j \[2016/01/15\]
----

* renamed and modified recent `1.3i`'s `\MTactivemathoff` into
  `\MTeverymathoff`. Added `\MTeverymathdefault`.

* `subdued` mode is a bit stronger: also the asterisk reverts to the
  default (if it was modified due to option `asterisk`), the added
  extra `\mskip`'s (useful with upright fonts) for `'`, `\exists`,
  and `\forall` are suppressed rather than re-configured to use `0mu`.
  Related new commands `\MTexistsdoesskip`, `\MTforalldoesskip`,
  `\MTprimedoesskip`, `\MTnormalexists`, `\MTnormalforall`,
  `\MTnormalprime`.

* the toggle for using mathematically active letters is only emitted
  once during package loading; the `\Mathastext` command does not do
  it anymore; the use in the preamble of `\MTmathstandardletters`,
  or `\MTnoicinmath` and related commands is not overruled by later
  use of `\Mathastext`.

* quite a few documentation improvements and rewrites, particularly
  in the description of commands which are related to the
  modifications of mathcodes (mainly for math activation of
  characters or letters) as done by mathastext at `\everymath` or
  `\everydisplay`.


1.3i \[2016/01/06\]
----

* `\url` from `url.sty` as well as `\url` and `\nolinkurl` from
  `hyperref.sty` use math mode and (by default) the monospace text
  font. To avoid mathastext overwriting the special preparation done
  by `{url,hyperref}.sty` the commands `\url/\nolinkurl` are patched
  to do automatically `\MTactivemathoff` (now `\MTeverymathoff`)
  before entering math mode.

* the extra skips specified by `\MTsetmathskips` are not inserted
  around letters if inside the arguments of math alphabet commands,
  or within operator names.

* the added explicit italic corrections (for non-oblique fonts) were
  disabled within math alphabet scopes, except `mathnormal`; they
  are now disabled within all math alphabets, inclusive of
  `mathnormal`.


1.3h \[2015/10/31\]
----

* bugfixes: since `1.3d 2014/05/23` the option `symbolgreek` caused
  `\ell` to become undefined, and, similarly but far worse, options
  `selfGreek`, `selfGreeks` caused all lowercase Greek letters
  `\alpha`, `\beta`, etc.. to become undefined.
  

1.3g \[2015/10/15\]
----

* following `2015/10/01` LaTeX release, removal of the `"luatex"` 
  prefix from the names of the LuaLaTeX math primitives. Compatibility
  maintained with older LaTeX formats.
  

1.3f \[2015/09/12\]
----

* the replacement of amsmath's `\resetMathstrut@`, when it is
  done, emits an Info rather than a Warning as this could be
  potentially stressful to some users.

* the `README` self-extracts from the `dtx` source, as a text
  file `README.md` with Markdown syntax.


1.3e \[2015/09/10\]
----

* bugfix: under option nosmalldelims, `\lbrace` and `\rbrace` were
  redefined as math symbols and could not be used as delimiters.


1.3d \[2015/02/26\]
----

* the documentation mentions the improved compatibility of mathastext
  with the latest (3.34) beamer release: no more need for
  `\usefonttheme{professionalfonts}`.

1.3d \[2014/05/23\]
----

* new commands `\MTstandardgreek` and `\MTcustomgreek`.

* The Greek letters, in case of use of one of the package related
  options, are left to their defaults in the normal and bold math
  versions if the subdued option was also used (this was so far
  the case only with options LGRgreek/LGRgreeks).

* `\newmcodes@` of amsmath is left untouched if package
  lualatex-math is detected.

1.3c \[2013/12/14\]
----

* added a starred variant to `\MTversion` which tells mathastext to
  only do the math set-up and not modify the text fonts.

* added second optional version name argument to `\Mathastext` and
  to `\MTDeclareVersion`, to transfer settings for things not
  otherwise changed by mathastext from a math version to the one
  declared. This is mainly for symbols and large symbols to be the
  bold ones when the user sets up the series of a mathastextified
  font to be bold in a mathastext-declared version.

* renamed `\defaultprod` to `\MToriginalprod`, `\defaultsum` to
  `\MToriginalsum`, (this is in case of option symbolmisc).

* changes to the dtx organization; options for generating the
  documentation can be customized in generated mathastext.tex file.

* 1.2d code for `\#`, `\$`, `\%`, and `\&` modified erroneously the
  earlier correct 1.2c code and created a bug showing up with more
  than 16 math families (a possibility only with lualatex or
  xelatex).

1.3a \[2013/09/04\]
----

* the somewhat silly `\string`'s are removed from the
  `\MTsetmathskips` command of release 1.3, thus allowing its first
  argument to be a macro, or any expandable code, giving a letter.

* the amsmath `\resetMathstrut@`, which is incompatible with a
  mathematically active parenthesis ( is now modified only if
  necessary (i.e. only when `\MTnonlettersobeymathxx` is issued) and
  is restored to its original value if not needed anymore (i.e.
  after `\MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx`, as for example when
  switching to the normal version under option subdued).

* improved documentation.

1.3  \[2013/09/02\]
----

* commands `\MTsetmathskips` and `\MTunsetmathskips` added.

* commands `\MTmathactiveletters` and `\MTmathstandardletters` to
  govern the math activation of letters independently of its use
  for insertion of the italic corrections (`\MTicinmath` and
  `\MTnoicinmath` correspondingly modified).

* the new `\luatexUmathcodenum` as available since TL2013 allows
  identical treatment by mathastext of = and - under both LuaTeX
  and XeTeX.

* `\newmcodes@` of amsmath is left untouched in case of option basic.

* a sentence containing | which was written to the log during the
  loading caused a problem if | was active (typically if
  `\MakeShortVerb`{\|} was added to the preamble prior to the
  loading of mathastext).

* some preemptive measures taken regarding things such as `\mid`,
  `\lbrace`, and `\rbrace`, as some packages define these things in
  manners which made the re-definitions done by mathastext issue
  errors.

1.2f \[2013/01/21\]
----

* minor code improvements. Change log added to the user manual.

1.2e \[2013/01/10\]
----

This version should be the last one in the 1.2 series as it seems to
correct most of the main problems which were introduced with the massive
use of mathematically active characters in versions 1.2 and 1.2b.

* It is indeed a thorny point when one wants to modify an active character in
  math mode only (without breaking usage in label's and ref's for example).
  The package now does that _only_ if the activation originated in the Babel
  system as it is then possible to modify appropriately the Babel macros
  `\user@active<char>` and `\normal@char<char>`, at the time of entering math
  mode (mathastext does all its activation job at `\everymath` and
  `\everydisplay`).

  The relevant issues are discussed in section 2.10 of the user manual, in the
  test file mathastexttestalphabets.tex, and in the source code comments for
  macro `\mst@mathactivate`. The inherent incompatibility of Babel with
  packages having made mathematically active the characters itself makes
  document active is circumvented by this interference of mathastext. A
  generally applicable Babel patch could be derived from the method used by
  mathastext.

  For the non catcode active characters, mathematical activation is used.
  This is done at the entrance in math mode.

* Sadly, the feature of added italic corrections introduced in
     version 1.2b did not behave as described in the user manual, due to
     forgotten group braces. Fixed.

* The command `\MTlowerast` from the user manual of v1.2d was not the
     one implemented in the source code. Fixed.

* The test files automatically extracted from a latex run on the dtx
     file have been revised and extended.

* The code is better documented.

1.2d \[2013/01/02\]
----

*  an incompatibility with amsmath (its macro `\resetMathstrut@`),
      exists since version 1.2 of the package. This is fixed
      here.

*  various improvements in dealing with the asterisk and in the
      mechanism of letting non-letter symbols obey the math alphabet
      commands.

*  documentation extended and improved.

1.2c \[2012/12/31\]
----

*  mathastext now inserts automatically after all (latin)
      letters in math mode their italic corrections, if the font
      used is upright (sic). This improves the spacings for the
      positioning of subscripts. The feature is de-activated
      inside the math alphabets commands (apart from `\mathnormal`),
      so as to not prohibit the formation of ligatures.

*  the documentation has been extended to explain in detail the
      issues which are relevant to the new feature of added italic
      corrections.

* version 1.2 had some bad bugs when confronted to active
  characters. This is corrected and additionally
  `\MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx` is made the default, as the user
  input is too much constrained in its absence.

*  a less fatal, but still annoying, typo had made the dot in 1.2
      of type `\mathpunct` rather than `\mathord`.

*  the inner namespace has been rationalized a bit.

1.2 \[2012/12/20\]
----

*  a new command sets up the amount of space to be automatically
      inserted before the derivative glyph (useful when using an
      upright font).

*  the scope of the math alphabets has been extended to apply
      to the non-alphabetical characters, and also to operator
      names.

*  the format of the dtx file has changed. The package file
      is self-extracting from the dtx, and four additional test
      files are also produced during `latex mathastext.dtx`.

1.15f and 1.15g \[2012/10/25\]
----

*  `\$`, `\#`, `\&`, and `\%` had been re-defined by mathastext since its
      inception in a rather strange (but working) way, which
      could cause surprises to other packages. Fixed.

*  the subdued mechanism for the math alphabets is implemented
      in a simpler and more efficient manner than in 1.15e.

*  the `defaultxx` options act a bit differently, and are more
      useful in case of a `too many math alphabets` situation.

*  various improvements in the documentation.

*  general clean up and better commenting of the source code.

1.15e \[2012/10/22\]
----

*  new user commands to specify skip or glue to be
      inserted after the math symbols `\exists` and `\forall`

*  complete (user transparent) rewrite of the code
      implementing the subdued option; and its action has
      been extended to apply also to the `\mathbf`, `\mathit`,
      `\mathsf`, `\mathtt` alphabets and not only to `\mathrm` and
      `\mathnormal` as in the previous versions.

*  improvements in the documentation.

1.15d \[2012/10/13\]
----

* the Unicode situation is now correctly treated, throughout the
  code (this had been left in a half-done way from version 1.14 of
  April 2011).

* this includes an issue related to amsmath and its
  DeclareMathOperator macro which has been fixed,

* and the code related to `\relbar` and `\Relbar` (and
  `\models`) has been revised.

1.15c \[2012/10/05\]
----

*  it is now possible to use distinct fonts in LGR encoding
      for the Greek letters according to the current math
      version.

*  improvements to the documentation.

1.15b
----

*  corrected a 'feature' of 1.15 which was backward-incompatible

*  improvements to the pdf documentation

1.15  \[2012/09/26\]
----

*  the subdued option allows the mathastextification to
      act only locally.

*  some measures taken to deal with amsmath related
      issues when using xetex or luatex.

1.14c
----

*  a bug is fixed: the `\Mathastext` macro reinitializes
      the fonts in the normal and bold math versions, but it
      also erroneously redeclared the math alphabet changing
      commands which could have been set up in previously
      defined math versions (via earlier calls to
      `\Mathastext`\[version_name\]).

1.14b \[2011/04/03\]
----

*  there was a bug with `\$`, `\#`, `\&`, `\%` in math mode which
      showed up when ten or more math families had been
      declared. This bug affected also the minus sign under
      the same circumstances, when Unicode engines were
      used. Fixed.

*  the options LGRgreek and selfGreek act now a bit
      differently, and new options LGRgreeks and selfGreeks
      have been defined.

*  I also cleaned up a bit the code, for a more
      structured namespace.

1.14
----

*  mathastext now modifies also the math alphabets `\mathit`,
      `\mathsf` and `\mathtt`, thus making it a quite generic
      complete manner to adapt the math configuration to fonts
      provided with no math support.

1.13b
----

*  when the Symbol font is used for `\prod` and `\sum` this
      will be only for inline math; display math will use the
      default glyphs

1.13 \[2011/03/11\]
----

*  the LGRgreek option is added.

*  internal changes for better readability of the code.

1.12
----

*  various bugs have been corrected.

*  the endash and alldelims options are active by default.

*  the package is more Unicode aware.

*  the `\Mathastext` command has been improved to
      facilitate the mechanism of math versions also when
      using XeTeX or LuaTeX (with package fontspec.)

*  the en-dash and dotless i and j now work with all
      encodings, Unicode inclusive.

1.11 \[2011/02/06\]
----

*  optional argument to `\Mathastext` macro.

1.1  \[2011/02/01\]
----

*  options italic and frenchmath.

1.0  \[2011/01/25\]
----

*  Initial version.

%</readme>
%<*drv>
%% This is a generated file. Run latex thrice on this file mathastext.tex then
%% run dvipdfmx on mathastext.dvi to produce the documentation mathastext.pdf,
%% with the package source code included.
%%
%% Customize as desired the class options and the two toggles below.
%%
%% See mathastext.dtx for the copyright and the conditions for distribution
%% and/or modification of this work.
%%
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesFile{mathastext.tex}%
[\MSTpkgdate\space v\MSTpkgversion\space 
       driver file for mathastext documentation (JFB)]%
\PassOptionsToClass{a4paper,fontsize=11pt}{scrdoc}
\chardef\Withdvipdfmx 1 % replace 1<space> by 0<space> for using latex/pdflatex
\chardef\NoSourceCode 0 % replace 0<space> by 1<space> for no source code
\input mathastext.dtx
%%% Local Variables:
%%% mode: latex
%%% End:
%</drv>
%<*ins>
%% This is a generated file. "tex mathastext.ins" extracts mathastext.sty from
%% mathastext.dtx as well as mathastext.tex (for typesetting the documentation),
%% and some test files to check the package commands.
%%
%% See mathastext.dtx for the copyright and the conditions for distribution
%% and/or modification of this work.
%%
\input docstrip.tex
\askforoverwritefalse
\def\testfilepreamble{%
        \string\def\string\testfileincipit{Test file
        to accompany \string\texttt{mathastext}^^J%
        version \string\texttt{\MSTpkgversion} of \string\texttt{\MSTpkgdate}}}
\generate{\nopreamble\nopostamble
  \file{README.md}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{readme}}
\usepostamble\defaultpostamble
  \file{mathastext.tex}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{drv}}
\usepreamble\testfilepreamble
  \file{mathastexttestmathversions.tex}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{mathversions}}
  \file{mathastexttestunicodemacos.tex}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{macos}}
  \file{mathastexttestunicodelinux.tex}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{linux}}
  \file{mathastexttestalphabets.tex}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{alphabets}}
\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
  \file{mathastext.sty}{\from{mathastext.dtx}{package}}%
}
\catcode32=13\relax% active space
\let =\space%
\Msg{************************************************************************}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following}
\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX:}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{*     mathastext.sty} 
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To produce the documentation run latex thrice on file mathastext.tex}
\Msg{* and then run dvipdfmx on file mathastext.dvi}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* Happy TeXing!}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{************************************************************************}
\endbatchfile
%</ins>
%<*mathversions>
%% This file `mathastexttestversions.tex' is for testing the enhanced
%% concept of math versions provided by the package `mathastext'.
%%
%% See `mathastext.dtx' for the copyright and conditions of distribution or
%% modification.
%%
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage{newcent}
\usepackage[subdued]{mathastext}
\Mathastext[newcent]
\renewcommand\familydefault\ttdefault
\Mathastext[courier]
\renewcommand\familydefault\sfdefault
\Mathastext[avantgarde]
\renewcommand\familydefault\rmdefault
\begin{document}
\testfileincipit

text in NewCentury and $math\ as\ in\ default$,%
\MTversion{courier} text in Courier and $math\ in\ Courier$,%
\MTversion{avantgarde} text in AvantGarde and $math\ in\ AvantGarde$,%
\MTversion[newcent]{courier} text in NewCentury and $math\ in\
Courier$,\MTversion{bold} text in bold NewCentury and $math\ as\ in\
bold\ default$,\MTversion[courier]{avantgarde} text in Courier and
$math\ in\ AvantGarde$. 
\end{document}
%</mathversions>
%<*macos>
%% This file `mathastexttestunicodemacos.tex' is for testing the use 
%% of the package `mathastext' with the unicode engines XeTeX or LuaLaTeX.
%%
%% Mac OS X specific fonts are used (initially tested on 10.8.2).
%%
%% See `mathastext.dtx' for the copyright and conditions of distribution or
%% modification.
%%
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[hscale=0.85]{geometry}
\usepackage{multicol}
\usepackage[no-math]{fontspec}
\usepackage{lmodern}
\usepackage{metalogo}
\usepackage{iftex}
\ifXeTeX
\expandafter\def\expandafter\testfileincipit\expandafter
 {\testfileincipit\ (compiled with \XeLaTeX)}
\else
\ifLuaTeX
\expandafter\def\expandafter\testfileincipit\expandafter
 {\testfileincipit\ (compiled with \LuaLaTeX)}
\fi\fi
\usepackage[subdued,italic,asterisk]{mathastext}
\setmainfont[Color=FF0000]{Hoefler Text}  \Mathastext[Hoefler]
\setmainfont[Color=336633]{American Typewriter}\Mathastext[Typewriter]
\setmainfont[Color=0000FF]{Herculanum}    \Mathastext[Herculanum]
\setmainfont[Color=FF00FF]{Didot}         \Mathastext[Didot]
\setmainfont[Color=999999]{Comic Sans MS} \Mathastext[Comic]
\MTDeclareVersion{Times}{T1}{ptm}{m}{n}
\begin{document}
\MTversion{normal}
\testfileincipit

This test uses \verb|mathastext| with its \emph{italic}, \emph{asterisk}, and
\emph{subdued} options. The base document fonts are the Latin Modern ones (in
OpenType format). The other fonts used were chosen from those of a Mac OS
machine. We also used the Times font in T1 encoding, to illustrate a warning
from the user manual when using different encodings in the various math
versions: here the minus sign has disappeared from the Times math mode block,
precisely for this matter of encoding.

Furthermore we test if the non-letter characters obey the math alphabet
\verb|\mathbf|. In the normal and bold math versions, this feature is
de-activated, as option \emph{subdued} was used; and if activated we
should then use in these math versions the package \verb|\Mathbf| rather
than \verb|\mathbf| which is there still the original one, which will
use encoding \verb|OT1| in the normal and bold versions, as we loaded
\verb|fontspec| with its option \emph{no-math}.

Some among the fonts tested have no bold variant or no italic variant.

Note (tested 2013/09/03): for some reason the \verb|Color| specifications in the
\verb|\setmainfont| commands work only
with \XeTeX{}, not with \LuaLaTeX{}; a few months back I had not noticed
such a difference between the two engines.

Update (2016/01/15, with reasonably up-to-date TL2015): \verb|Color| spec in
use of \verb|\setmainfont| command now functional again with
\LuaLaTeX.

\newcommand\TEST[1]{\MTversion{#1}\def\tmpa{#1}%
  \def\tmpb{normal}\def\tmpc{bold}%
  \ifx\tmpa\tmpb\else\ifx\tmpa\tmpc\else \MTnonlettersobeymathxx
  \MTexplicitbracesobeymathxx\fi\fi
\begin{multicols}{2}
\hbox to\columnwidth{\hbox to\columnwidth{\hfil
                $abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz$\hfil}\kern-2.5em{#1}}
   \centerline{ $ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ$ }
   \centerline{ $0123456789$ }
   \centerline{ $!\,?\,*\,,\,.\,:\,;\,+\,-\,=\,(\,)\,[\,]\,/\,\#\,%
   \$\,\%\,\&\,<\,>\,|\,\{\,\}\,\backslash$ }
   \centerline{ $\mathbf{!\,?\,*\,,\,.\,:\,;\,+\,-\,=\,(\,)\,[\,]\,/\,\#\,%
   \$\,\%\,\&\,<\,>\,|\,\{\,\}\,\backslash}$ }
\columnbreak
   \centerline{ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz }
   \centerline{ ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ }
   \centerline{ 0123456789 }
   \centerline{ !\,?\,*\,,\,.\,:\,;\,+\,-\,=\,(\,)\,[\,]\,/\,\#\,%
   \$\,\%\,\&\,<\,>\,|\,\{\,\}\,\char92 }
   \centerline{\bfseries !\,?\,*\,,\,.\,:\,;\,+\,-\,=\,(\,)\,[\,]\,/\,\#\,%
   \$\,\%\,\&\,<\,>\,|\,\{\,\}\,\char92 }
\end{multicols}}
\begin{multicols}{2} 
   \centerline{\textbf{math mode}} 
\columnbreak
   \centerline{ \textbf{text} }
\end{multicols}
\TEST{Didot}\TEST{Comic}\TEST{normal}\TEST{Herculanum}
\TEST{Hoefler}\TEST{Typewriter}\TEST{bold}\TEST{Times}
\end{document}
%</macos>
%<*linux>
%% This file `mathastexttestunicodelinux.tex' is for testing the use 
%% of the package `mathastext' with the unicode engines XeTeX or LuaLaTeX.
%%
%% Fonts which were available on a Linux machine are used. Beware that
%% compilation with LuaLaTeX will abort with errors if specified fonts do not
%% exist on your system.
%%
%% See `mathastext.dtx' for the copyright and conditions of distribution or
%% modification.
%%
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[hscale=0.8]{geometry}
\usepackage{multicol}
\usepackage[no-math]{fontspec}
\usepackage{lmodern}
\usepackage{metalogo}
\usepackage{iftex}
\ifXeTeX
\expandafter\def\expandafter\testfileincipit\expandafter
 {\testfileincipit\ (compiled with \XeLaTeX)}
\else
\ifLuaTeX
\expandafter\def\expandafter\testfileincipit\expandafter
 {\testfileincipit\ (compiled with \LuaLaTeX)}
\fi\fi
\usepackage[subdued,italic,asterisk]{mathastext}
\setmainfont[Color=999999]{Verdana}      \Mathastext[Verdana]
\setmainfont[Color=0000FF]{Arial}        \Mathastext[Arial]
\setmainfont[Color=00C000]{DejaVu Serif} \Mathastext[DejaVu]
\setmainfont[Color=FF0000]{Andale Mono}  \Mathastext[Andale]
%% commented out as these fonts do not exist anymore on the Linux box
%% I have access to (test last done 2016/01/15)
%%\setmainfont[Color=C000C0]{URW Chancery L}    \Mathastext[Chancery]
%%\setmainfont[Color=800080]{URW Palladio L}    \Mathastext[Palladio]
\setmainfont[Color=808000]{Liberation Serif}  \Mathastext[Liberation]
\MTDeclareVersion{Times}{T1}{ptm}{m}{n}
\begin{document}
\MTversion{normal}
\testfileincipit

This test uses \verb|mathastext| with its \emph{italic}, \emph{asterisk}, and
\emph{subdued} options. The base document fonts are the Latin Modern ones (in
OpenType format). The other fonts used were chosen from those of a Linux
machine. We also used the Times font in T1 encoding, to illustrate a warning
from the user manual when using different encodings in the various math
versions: here the minus sign has disappeared from the Times math mode block,
precisely for this matter of encoding.

Furthermore we test if the non-letter characters obey the math alphabet
\verb|\mathbf|. In the normal and bold math versions, this feature
is de-activated, as option \emph{subdued} was used; and if activated we
should then use in these math versions the package \verb|\Mathbf| rather
than \verb|\mathbf| which is there still the original one, which will
use encoding \verb|OT1| in the normal and bold versions, as we loaded
\verb|fontspec| with its option \emph{no-math}.

Some among the fonts tested have no bold variant or no italic variant.

\newcommand\TEST[1]{\MTversion{#1}\def\tmpa{#1}%
  \def\tmpb{normal}\def\tmpc{bold}%
  \ifx\tmpa\tmpb\else\ifx\tmpa\tmpc\else \MTnonlettersobeymathxx
  \MTexplicitbracesobeymathxx\fi\fi
\begin{multicols}{2}
\hbox to\columnwidth{\hbox to\columnwidth{\hfil
                $abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz$\hfil}\kern-2.5em{#1}}
   \centerline{ $ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ$ }
   \centerline{ $0123456789$ }
   \centerline{ $!\,?\,*\,,\,.\,:\,;\,+\,-\,=\,(\,)\,[\,]\,/\,\#\,%
   \$\,\%\,\&\,<\,>\,|\,\{\,\}\,\backslash$ }
   \centerline{ $\mathbf{!\,?\,*\,,\,.\,:\,;\,+\,-\,=\,(\,)\,[\,]\,/\,\#\,%
   \$\,\%\,\&\,<\,>\,|\,\{\,\}\,\backslash}$ }
\columnbreak
   \centerline{ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz }
   \centerline{ ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ }
   \centerline{ 0123456789}
   \centerline{ !\,?\,*\,,\,.\,:\,;\,+\,-\,=\,(\,)\,[\,]\,/\,\#\,%
   \$\,\%\,\&\,<\,>\,|\,\{\,\}\,\char92 }
   \centerline{\bfseries !\,?\,*\,,\,.\,:\,;\,+\,-\,=\,(\,)\,[\,]\,/\,\#\,%
   \$\,\%\,\&\,<\,>\,|\,\{\,\}\,\char92 }
\end{multicols}}
\begin{multicols}{2} 
   \centerline{\textbf{math mode}} 
\columnbreak
   \centerline{ \textbf{text} }
\end{multicols}
\TEST{DejaVu}
\TEST{Verdana}
\TEST{Andale}
%%\TEST{Palladio}
\TEST{Arial}
%%\TEST{Chancery}
\TEST{Liberation}
\TEST{bold}\TEST{normal}\TEST{Times}
\end{document}
%</linux>
%<*alphabets>
%% This file `mathastexttestalphabets.tex' is for testing the extended
%% scope of the math alphabet commands with package `mathastext', via
%% the package command \MTnonlettersobeymathxx.
%%
%% Compile either with latex, pdflatex, lualatex (pdf output) or xelatex.
%%
%% See `mathastext.dtx' for the copyright and conditions of distribution or
%% modification.
%%
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[hscale=0.66, vscale=0.72]{geometry}
\usepackage{amsmath}
\usepackage{mathtools}\mathtoolsset{centercolon}
%% WARNING THIS IS INCOMPATIBLE WITH BABEL+FRENCHB
%% BUT WITH MATHASTEXT LOADED THIS IS CORRECTED
%% *IF* \MTnonlettersobeymathxx IS MADE USE OF.
\usepackage{iftex}
\ifXeTeX
\expandafter\def\expandafter\testfileincipit\expandafter
 {\testfileincipit\ (compiled with \XeLaTeX)}
\usepackage[no-math]{fontspec}
\setmainfont[ExternalLocation,
             Mapping=tex-text,
             BoldFont=texgyretermes-bold,
             ItalicFont=texgyretermes-italic,
             BoldItalicFont=texgyretermes-bolditalic]{texgyretermes-regular}
\setmonofont[ExternalLocation,
             Mapping=tex-text]{texgyrecursor-regular}
\setsansfont[ExternalLocation,
             Mapping=tex-text]{texgyreheros-regular}
\else
\ifLuaTeX % for pdf output
\expandafter\def\expandafter\testfileincipit\expandafter
 {\testfileincipit\ (compiled with \LuaLaTeX)}
\usepackage[no-math]{fontspec}
\setmainfont[Ligatures=TeX]{TeX Gyre Termes}
\setmonofont[Ligatures=TeX]{TeX Gyre Cursor}
\setsansfont[Ligatures=TeX]{TeX Gyre Heros}
\else
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage{tgtermes}
\usepackage{tgcursor}
\usepackage{tgheros}
\fi\fi
\usepackage{metalogo} % must be loaded /after/ [no-math]fontspec
\usepackage[french]{babel}
\usepackage[italic,asterisk]{mathastext}
\MTlettershape{n}\Mathastext[upright]
\MTnonlettersobeymathxx
\MTexplicitbracesobeymathxx
\delimitershortfall-1pt
\usepackage{color}
\begin{document}
\testfileincipit

\begin{center}
  \bfseries Two features of \texttt{mathastext}:\\
extended scope of the math alphabets and added italic corrections\par
\end{center}

The package makes
${!}\,{?}\,{,}\,{:}\,{;}\,{+}\,{-}\,{=}\,{(}\,{)}\,{[}\,{]}\,{<}\,{>}\,{\{}\,{\}}$,
the asterisk $*$, and $.\,/\,\vert\,\backslash\,{\#}\,{\$}\,{\%}\,{\&}$ obey the
math alphabet commands (this is the maximal list, some characters may have been
excluded by the corresponding package options). For the characters listed first
the mechanism involves a `mathematical activation'.

As this process may create incompatibilities, it will be put into action
for
${!}\,{?}\,{,}\,{:}\,{;}\,{+}\,{-}\,{=}\,{(}\,{)}\,{[}\,{]}\,{<}\,{>}$
only if the user makes use of the package command
\verb|\MTnonlettersobeymathxx| (and the braces necessitate
\verb|\MTexplicitbracesobeymathxx|).

It could be that one such character has been made `active' in the entire
document by some other package, typically a language definition file for the
\verb|babel| system. Here for example we have used \verb|babel| with the
\verb|french| option, which makes the high punctuation characters !?:; active
throughout the document (extra spacing is put in front of the character when
used in text; no change in math but perhaps for other languages and characters
this could happen, it is up to the language definition file to decide).

When \verb|mathastext| detects that a character it wants to `mathematically
activate' is already `active', it does not go further except if it seems that
the activation was done by Babel. If the activation was done by Babel, then
\verb|mathastext| replaces the expansion of the active character in math mode by
what is necessary to achieve its goal. It does not additionally mathematically
activate the character; rather it makes sure that the character is \emph{not}
mathematically active. In the present document the colon was made mathematically
active by \verb|mathtools| but this was already canceled in the preamble by
\verb|mathastext| as it was loaded later. And it is better so, because the
combination \verb|babel| (with option \verb|frenchb|) +\verb|mathtools| (with
\verb|centercolon|) makes \verb|$:$| create an infinite loop!

But even if someone had mathematically activated the colon after the preamble,
or after the loading of \verb|mathastext|, this would be canceled again
automatically for each inline or displayed mathematical formula (if the user
does \verb|\MTnonlettersobeymathxx|).

The conclusion with \verb|\MTnonlettersobeymathxx| is: if some package has tried
to make the character mathematically active, this will be overruled by
\verb|mathastext|; if some package has made the character globally active, then
the package wins except if it is Babel, as \verb|mathastext| may in the latter
case safely modify the action in math mode (paying attention to the fact that
the character should be usable in \verb|\label| and \verb|\ref| in and outside
of math mode). 

The displayed equations next illustrate the extended scope of the math alphabets
which now apply to $=$, $-$, $($, $)$, $[$, $]$ (but not to the large delimiters
of course). Furthermore, for testing purposes the equations were labeled using
such characters, for example the last one has label \verb|eq=7|, to check that
the mathematical activation of $=$ does not cause problems with
\verb|\label/\ref|. 

\def\testformula{\quad\Biggl\lbrace\biggl(\left(\left[[\sin(a) + \cos(b) - \log(c) = 
\sec(d)]\right]\right)\biggr)\Biggr\rbrace}
\begin{equation}\testformula\label{eq:1}\end{equation}
\begin{equation}\mathnormalbold{mathnormalbold:\testformula}\label{eq;2}\end{equation}
\begin{equation}\mathrm{mathrm:\testformula}\label{eq?3}\end{equation}
\begin{equation}\mathbf{mathbf:\testformula}\label{eq!4}\end{equation}
\begin{equation}\mathit{mathit:\testformula}\label{eq(5}\end{equation}
\begin{equation}\mathtt{mathtt:\testformula}\label{eq)6}\end{equation}
\begin{equation}\mathsf{mathsf:\testformula}\label{eq=7}\end{equation}

Equations above are numbered \ref{eq:1}, \ref{eq;2}, \ref{eq?3}, \ref{eq!4}, and
$\ref{eq(5}$, $\ref{eq)6}$, and $\ref{eq=7}$.

\def\testline#1{$#1$&$\mathnormalbold{#1}$&$\mathrm{#1}$&$\mathbf{#1}$&$\mathit{#1}$&$\mathtt{#1}$&$\mathsf{#1}$}

\centerline{\begin{tabular}{ccccccc}
\testline{a!b}\\
\testline{a?b}\\
\testline{a,b}\\
\testline{a;b}\\
\testline{a:b}\\
\testline{a:=b}\\
\testline{a\vcentcolon= b}\\
\testline{a\colon b}\\
\testline{a.b}\\
\testline{a-b}\\
\testline{a+b}\\
\testline{a=b}\\
\testline{a<b}\\
\testline{a>b}\\
\testline{<x,y>}\\
\testline{\mathopen{<} x,y\mathclose{>}}\\
\testline{\left< x,y\right>}\\
\testline{a/b}\\
\testline{a\backslash b}\\
\testline{a\setminus b}\\
\testline{a|b}\\
\testline{a\mid b}\\
\testline{(a,b)}\\
\testline{[a,b]}\\
\testline{\{a,b\}}
\end{tabular}}

The question mark has been made active by \verb|babel+frenchb|. 
\verb|mathastext| has imposed in math mode its ways (now \verb|$\mathbf{???}$|
gives $\mathbf{???}$). As the extra spacing is added by \verb|frenchb| only in
text, we had to use the math alphabet to check that indeed \verb|mathastext|
overruled Babel. 

To double-check we will now make \string? mathematically active:
\verb|\mathcode`?="8000|\mathcode`?="8000. This is a sure cause for disaster
normally with Babel (don't do this at home without \verb|mathastext|!). But here
with \verb|$?$| no bad surprise (infinite loop!) awaits us: just $?$.

Let's take some other character, for example the opening parenthesis, and make
it catcode active:
\verb|\catcode`(=\active \def ({X}|. 
Let's try the input 
\verb|( and $($|.
\begingroup
\catcode`(=\active \gdef ({X} 
This gives ( and $($. We see that \verb|mathastext| does not attempt to modify
the definition of the active character, as this activation was not done via the
\verb|babel| services. \catcode`\(=12 \mathcode`(="8000 We now revert the
parenthesis to catcode other (but maintain \verb|\def ({X}| as definition of its
active version), and then make it mathematically active using the command
\verb|\mathcode`(="8000|. If we try \verb|$((($| we see that the parenthesis is
not converted into an $X$: $((($. The mathematically active character was
overruled by \verb|mathastext|.

Issuing \verb|\MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx|\MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx\ we do
get the $X$'s from the input \verb|$((($|: $((($ 
\endgroup 
This shows that \verb|mathastext| now does not modify in math mode the
non-letter \verb|(|.

\MTversion{upright}\MTnonlettersobeymathxx
We defined in the preamble of the document a \verb|mathastext|-enhanced
math version (named \verb|upright|) having the Latin letters upright in
math mode. Let's switch to
it: \newline
\hbox to\linewidth{\hss\verb|\MTversion{upright}|\hss}

With a font which is neither italic nor slanted, \verb|mathastext| automatically
inserts italic corrections for better positioning of the subscript:
\verb|$f_i^i$| gives
$f_i^i$.
After \verb|\MTnoicinmath| which turns off this feature\MTnoicinmath{}, the same
input gives $f_i^i$, which is different. 
\footnote{last time I tried, this only worked with PDF\LaTeX{}, not with
  \LuaLaTeX{} or \XeTeX{}.}

Again with italic corrections on (\verb|\MTicinmath|)\MTicinmath{} 
\verb|$f_{abc}^{def}$| gives $f_{abc}^{def}$, and here is another one:
$f^{f_{abc}^{def}}_u$. Without italic corrections\MTnoicinmath: $f_{abc}^{def}$,
and respectively $f^{f_{abc}^{def}}_u$.

\MTicinmath 

\verb|mathastext| does not add these italic corrections inside arguments of
math alphabets, as this would prevent the formation of ligatures:
$\mathnormal{ff}$, $\mathrm{ff}$, $\mathit{ff}$, $\mathbf{ff}$, $\mathtt{ff}$
(no ligature in teletype) and $\mathsf{ff}$.\footnote{\llap{\textcolor{magenta}{\bfseries Changed!\kern3em}}Prior to 1.3i,
  italic corrections were added to the \string\mathnormal\ arguments.}

\centerline{\begin{tabular}{ccccccc}
\testline{a!b}\\
\testline{a?b}\\
\testline{a,b}\\
\testline{a;b}\\
\testline{a:b}\\
\testline{a:=b}\\
\testline{a\vcentcolon= b}\\
\testline{a\colon b}\\
\testline{a.b}\\
\testline{a-b}\\
\testline{a+b}\\
\testline{a=b}\\
\testline{a<b}\\
\testline{a>b}\\
\testline{<x,y>}\\
\testline{\mathopen{<} x,y\mathclose{>}}\\
\testline{\left< x,y\right>}\\
\testline{a/b}\\
\testline{a\backslash b}\\
\testline{a\setminus b}\\
\testline{a|b}\\
\testline{a\mid b}\\
\testline{(a,b)}\\
\testline{[a,b]}\\
\testline{\{a,b\}}
\end{tabular}}

\end{document}
%</alphabets>
%<*dtx>
^^Afi^^Aendgroup % end of big \iffalse block including generated files
% customization should be done in mathastext.tex, not here.
\documentclass[abstract]{scrdoc}
\ifnum\NoSourceCode=1 \OnlyDescription\fi
\makeatletter
\ifnum\Withdvipdfmx=1
% peut-être je devrais plutôt passer dvipdfmx en option à la classe.
   \@for\@tempa:=hyperref,bookmark,graphicx,color\do
            {\PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfmx}\@tempa}
   %
   \PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfm}{geometry}
   \PassOptionsToPackage{bookmarks=true}{hyperref}
   \PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfmx-outline-open}{hyperref}
   \PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfmx-outline-open}{bookmark}
   %
   \def\pgfsysdriver{pgfsys-dvipdfm.def}
\else
   \PassOptionsToPackage{bookmarks=true}{hyperref}
\fi
\makeatother

\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage{amsmath}\allowdisplaybreaks
\usepackage{lmodern}
\usepackage{enumitem}

\DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbols}{OMX}{txex}{m}{n}
\SetSymbolFont{largesymbols}{bold}{OMX}{txex}{bx}{n}
\DeclareFontSubstitution{OMX}{txex}{m}{n}

% in order to cancel the removal done by ltxdoc
% of comment characters inside verbatim blocks.
\makeatletter\let\check@percent\relax\makeatother

\usepackage{color}
\definecolor{DarkMagenta}{RGB}{139,0,139} 
\definecolor{joli}{RGB}{225,95,0}
\usepackage{xspace}
\usepackage{metalogo}
\usepackage{framed}

\usepackage[hscale=0.66]{geometry}

\usepackage[pdfencoding=pdfdoc]{hyperref}

\hypersetup{linktoc=all,%
%hidelinks,%
colorlinks=true,%
breaklinks=true,%
linkcolor={blue},%
urlcolor={joli},
pdfauthor={Jean-Fran\c cois Burnol},%
pdftitle={The mathastext package},%
pdfsubject={LaTeX, math fonts},%
pdfkeywords={LaTeX, Fonts},%
pdfstartview=FitH,%
pdfpagemode=UseOutlines,%
}

\usepackage{bookmark}

% ---- \centeredeline: OUR OWN LITTLE MACRO FOR CENTERING LINES (fait
% initialement pour la documentation de mes autres paquetages etoc et xint)

% 7 mars 2013
% This macro allows to conveniently center a line inside a paragraph and still
% use therein \verb or other commands changing catcodes.
% A proposito, the \LaTeX \centerline uses \hsize and not \linewidth ! 
% (which in my humble opinion is bad)

% \ignorespaces ajouté le 9 juin. Cela m'aurait évité des dizaines de % lorsque
% plusieurs \centeredline se suivent (car on reste en mode horizontal si on y
% est au début).

\makeatletter
\newcommand*\centeredline {%
      \ifhmode \\\relax
        \def\centeredline@{\hss\egroup\hskip\z@skip\ignorespaces }%
      \else 
        \def\centeredline@{\hss\egroup }%
      \fi
      \afterassignment\@centeredline
      \let\next=}
\def\@centeredline 
    {\hbox to \linewidth \bgroup \hss \bgroup \aftergroup\centeredline@ }
\makeatother

\DeclareRobustCommand\cs[1]%
        {{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font=189 \char`\\#1}}
\DeclareRobustCommand\csb[1]%
        {\hyperref[#1]{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font=189 \char`\\#1}}

\newcommand*\blueit[1]{\texorpdfstring{\blueitaux #1\relax}{#1}}
\def\blueitaux #1#2\relax{\hyperref[#2]{\ttfamily #1#2}}

% 2 septembre 2013, 22:25
% je réussis avec un minimum de modifs dans la source à convertir tous mes
% mots-clés bleus en hyperliens; les labels sont créés simplement en modifiant
% plus loin \@jfendshrtverb
\catcode`\§=13
\makeatletter
\def§{\begingroup
           \let\do\@makeother\dospecials
      \@jfendshrtverb }
\def\@jfendshrtverb #1#2§{\hyperref[#2]{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font=189 #1#2}\endgroup}
\makeatother

\newcommand\mst{%
\texorpdfstring{{\color{joli}\ttfamily\bfseries mathastext}}
{mathastext}\xspace}

\let\oldexists\exists\let\oldforall\forall

\usepackage[italic,subdued,asterisk,defaultmathsizes,symbolmisc,symbolre,
LGRgreek]{mathastext}

\Mathastext[italic]
\MTlettershape{\updefault}
\Mathastext[upright]

\MTupgreek
\MTgreekfont{cmtt}
\MTDeclareVersion[n]{lmvtt}{T1}{lmvtt}{m}{n}

\MTlettershape{\itdefault}

\usepackage{newcent}
\Mathastext[newcent]
\MTseries{b}
\Mathastext[boldnewcent][bold]

\MTseries{m}
\MTitgreek\MTupGreek
\MTgreekfont{txr}
\usepackage{times}
\Mathastext[times]
\MTlettershape{\updefault}
\MTseries{bx}
\Mathastext[timesbold][bold]

\MTlettershape{\itdefault}
\MTseries{m}
\usepackage[scaled]{helvet}
\renewcommand\familydefault\sfdefault
\MTgreekfont{cmss}
\Mathastext[helvet]

\usepackage{etoc}

% - à partir de 1.3j: _très très_ peu satisfaisant mais pas envie d'y passer
% du temps.
%
% - je refais très vite pour 1.3q: \RLNote remplace \RightNote et est fait
% différemment, \CHANGED aussi a été refait. Finalement 1.3r utilise ttfamily.

\def\RLNote #1#2{\leavevmode\strut\vadjust{\kern-\dp\strutbox
 \hbox to\textwidth
  {\vtop to \dp\strutbox{}%
   \footnotesize\normalfont\ttfamily
   \color{magenta}%
   \llap{\smash{#1\kern10pt}}\kern\textwidth\rlap{\smash{\kern10pt(#2)}}%
  }%
 }%
}

\def\RightNote {\RLNote {}}

% modifié pour la doc de 1.3q. Bordel de Koma-Script. Il utilise des em.
% À droite je vais normaliser à 10pt pour que ça soit coordonné avec \RightNote.
% refait pour 1.3r
% ** À utiliser au tout début d'une footnote **
\def\CHANGED #1{\leavevmode\kern-1em
 {\ttfamily\color{magenta}\llap{changed:\kern10pt}%
  \kern\textwidth\rlap{\kern10pt(#1)}\kern-\textwidth}%
 \kern1em }

% pour 1.3q
% attention que doc.sty n'utilise pas \@noligs
% or upquote ne patche que \@noligs
\usepackage{textcomp}
\begingroup\makeatletter
  \catcode`'=\active
  \catcode``=\active
  \g@addto@macro\verbatim@nolig@list{\let'\textquotesingle\let`\textasciigrave}
\endgroup

% KOMA-script est HORRIPILANT.
\def\rm {\normalfont}
\def\bf {\normalfont\bfseries}
\def\tt {\normalfont\ttfamily}
% mais bon, en fait je ne les utilise pas.

\begin{document}
\MTversion{normal}
\renewcommand\familydefault\sfdefault
\pdfbookmark[1]{Title page}{TOP}

\frenchspacing

\begin{center}
  {\normalfont\LARGE The \mst  package}\\
\textsc{\small Jean-François Burnol}\par
  \footnotesize \ttfamily 
  jfbu (at) free (dot) fr\par
  \let\thefootnote\empty
  Package version: \MSTpkgversion\ (\MSTpkgdate)%
  \footnote{Documentation generated from the
    source file with \dtxtimestamp.}\par
\end{center}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}


 \begin{small}
   \noindent The \mst package changes the fonts which are used in math
   mode for letters, digits and a few other punctuation and symbol signs
   to replace them with the font as used for the document text. Thus,
   the package makes it possible to use a quite arbitrary font without
   worrying too much that it does not have specially designed
   accompanying math fonts. Also, \mst provides a simple mechanism in
   order to use more than one math-as-text font in the same
   document.\baselineskip.9\baselineskip\par
 \end{small}

\medskip

\begin{verbatim}
          `mathastext' is a LaTeX package

              \usepackage{mathastext}

          The document will use in math mode the text font
          as configured at package loading time, for these
          characters:

              abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
              ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
              0123456789
              !?,.:;+-=()[]/#$%&<>|{}\

          The command \MTsetmathskips allows to set up extra
          spacings around each given letter.

          Use multiple \Mathastext[name]'s to define in the
          preamble various math versions using each a given
          text font, to be later activated in the document  
          body via the command \MTversion{name}.

          With the subdued option, mathastext will be active
          only inside such math versions distinct from the
          normal and bold.

          Main options: italic, defaultmathsizes, subdued,
                        asterisk, LGRgreek.
\end{verbatim}

\clearpage

\etoctoclines
\renewcommand\etocaftertitlehook
   {\hypersetup{hidelinks}% added 1.3
      \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}%
      \renewcommand{\columnseprulecolor}{\color{DarkMagenta}}%
      }
\renewcommand\etocbelowtocskip{1ex}
\etocruledstyle{\color{DarkMagenta}\normalfont\large\bfseries\contentsname }
% pdfbookmark added 2013/12/11. Attention si je le mets dans ruled style
% il est exécuté deux fois et ça cause un problème.
% et le aftertitlehook est trop bas.
\pdfbookmark[1]{Table of contents}{MAINTOC}
\tableofcontents
{\color{DarkMagenta}\hrule}%
\vskip 5ex plus 2ex minus 1ex


\section{What \mst does}

For changes see \autoref{sec:changelog}. For installation instructions see
\autoref{sec:install}.

\subsection{Examples}

\mst's basic aim is to have the same font for text and mathematics. With
hundreds of free text fonts packaged for \LaTeX{} and only a handful of
math ones, chances are your favorite text font does not mix so well with
the available math ones; \mst may then help. Note that \mst was initially
developed for the traditional \TeX{} fonts and engines, and that compatibility
with Unicode engines and OpenType fonts is partial.

Here is an example with
Latin Modern typewriter proportional:

{\advance\leftskip.1\linewidth\advance\rightskip.1\linewidth
 \MTversion{lmvtt}
Let $(X,Y)$ be two functions of a variable $a$. If they obey  the differential
system  $(VI_{\nu,n})$: 
  \begin{align*} 
  a\frac{d}{da} X &= \nu
  X - (1 - X^2)\frac{2n a}{1 - a^2}\frac{aX+Y}{1+a XY} \\  
a\frac{d}{da} Y &= -(\nu+1) Y
 + (1 - Y^2)\frac{2n a}{1 - a^2}\frac{X+aY}{1+a XY} 
  \end{align*}
then the quantity $q = a \frac{aX+Y}{X+aY}$
satisfies as function of $b= a^2$  the $P_{VI}$ differential equation:
\begin{equation*}
\begin{split}
  \frac{d^2 q}{db^2} = \frac12\left\{\frac1q+\frac1{q-1}
  +\frac1{q-b}\right\}\left(\frac{dq}{db}\right)^2 - \left\{\frac1b+\frac1{b-1}
  +\frac1{q-b}\right\}\frac{dq}{db}\\+\frac{q(q-1)(q-b)}{b^2(b-1)^2}\left\{\alpha+\frac{\beta
    b}{q^2} + \frac{\gamma (b-1)}{(q-1)^2}+\frac{\delta
    b(b-1)}{(q-b)^2}\right\}
\end{split}
\end{equation*}
with
parameters
$(\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\delta) = (\frac{(\nu+n)^2}2,
\frac{-(\nu+n+1)^2}2, \frac{n^2}2, \frac{1 - n^2}2)$.\par
}
Notice that the Latin (and Greek letters) are in upright shape. But perhaps we
insist on obeying the standardized habits:


{\advance\leftskip.1\linewidth\advance\rightskip.1\linewidth
\MTversion{times}
Let $(X,Y)$ be two functions of a variable $a$. If they obey  the differential
system $(VI_{\nu,n})$: 
  \begin{align*} 
  a\frac{d}{da} X &= \nu
  X - (1 - X^2)\frac{2n a}{1 - a^2}\frac{aX+Y}{1+a XY} \\  
a\frac{d}{da} Y &= -(\nu+1) Y
 + (1 - Y^2)\frac{2n a}{1 - a^2}\frac{X+aY}{1+a XY} 
  \end{align*}
then the quantity $q = a \frac{aX+Y}{X+aY}$
satisfies as function of $b= a^2$  the $P_{VI}$ differential equation:
\begin{equation*}
\begin{split}
  \frac{d^2 q}{db^2} = \frac12\left\{\frac1q+\frac1{q-1}
  +\frac1{q-b}\right\}\left(\frac{dq}{db}\right)^2 - \left\{\frac1b+\frac1{b-1}
  +\frac1{q-b}\right\}\frac{dq}{db}\\+\frac{q(q-1)(q-b)}{b^2(b-1)^2}\left\{\alpha+\frac{\beta
    b}{q^2} + \frac{\gamma (b-1)}{(q-1)^2}+\frac{\delta
    b(b-1)}{(q-b)^2}\right\}
\end{split}
\end{equation*}
with
parameters
$(\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\delta) = (\frac{(\nu+n)^2}2,
\frac{-(\nu+n+1)^2}2, \frac{n^2}2, \frac{1 - n^2}2)$.\par
}

  This was typeset using the Times font (available in any \TeX{}
  distribution). Let us now be a bit more original and have our mathematics
  with italic letters from the sans serif font Helvetica, while the letters in
  text use New Century Schoolbook.


{\advance\leftskip.1\linewidth\advance\rightskip.1\linewidth
\MTversion[newcent]{helvet}
Let $(X,Y)$ be two functions of a variable $a$. If they obey  the differential
system $(VI_{\nu,n})$: 
  \begin{align*} 
  a\frac{d}{da} X &= \nu
  X - (1 - X^2)\frac{2n a}{1 - a^2}\frac{aX+Y}{1+a XY} \\  
a\frac{d}{da} Y &= -(\nu+1) Y
 + (1 - Y^2)\frac{2n a}{1 - a^2}\frac{X+aY}{1+a XY} 
  \end{align*}
then the quantity $q = a \frac{aX+Y}{X+aY}$
satisfies as function of $b= a^2$  the $P_{VI}$ differential equation:
\begin{equation*}
\begin{split}
  \frac{d^2 q}{db^2} = \frac12\left\{\frac1q+\frac1{q-1}
  +\frac1{q-b}\right\}\left(\frac{dq}{db}\right)^2 - \left\{\frac1b+\frac1{b-1}
  +\frac1{q-b}\right\}\frac{dq}{db}\\+\frac{q(q-1)(q-b)}{b^2(b-1)^2}\left\{\alpha+\frac{\beta
    b}{q^2} + \frac{\gamma (b-1)}{(q-1)^2}+\frac{\delta
    b(b-1)}{(q-b)^2}\right\}
\end{split}
\end{equation*}
with
parameters
$(\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\delta) = (\frac{(\nu+n)^2}2,
\frac{-(\nu+n+1)^2}2, \frac{n^2}2, \frac{1 - n^2}2)$.\par
}

And after all that, we may wish to return to the default math typesetting (let's
shorten the extract here in case the reader makes an indigestion \dots):

{\advance\leftskip.1\linewidth\advance\rightskip.1\linewidth
Let $(X,Y)$ be two functions of a variable $a$. If they obey  the differential
system  $(VI_{\nu,n})$: 
  \begin{align*} 
  a\frac{d}{da} X &= \nu
  X - (1 - X^2)\frac{2n a}{1 - a^2}\frac{aX+Y}{1+a XY} \\  
a\frac{d}{da} Y &= -(\nu+1) Y
 + (1 - Y^2)\frac{2n a}{1 - a^2}\frac{X+aY}{1+a XY} 
  \end{align*}
then the quantity $q = a \frac{aX+Y}{X+aY}$
satisfies as function of $b= a^2$  the $P_{VI}$ differential equation with
parameters
$(\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\delta) = (\frac{(\nu+n)^2}2,
\frac{-(\nu+n+1)^2}2, \frac{n^2}2, \frac{1 - n^2}2)$.\par
}

  \vskip\baselineskip Notice that the Greek letters also changed
  according to the \emph{math version}: \mst has indeed some (limited)
  capabilities to this effect, with its §LGRgreek§ option. This
  document uses the |LGR| encoded fonts |cmtt|, |cmss|, and |txr|,
  which are part of standard \TeX{}
  distributions.\footnote{The first two are available (with no need to
  load explicitely any package in the document) via the combination
  |cbfonts| (|cbgreek-complete|) \& |babel|, and the |LGR| encoded |txr| font
  (again no package loading is necessary) is part of the files of the
  |txfontsb| package.}

% \href{http://mirrors.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/cbgreek-complete.html}{cbfonts},
% \href{http://mirrors.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/txfontsb.html}{txfontsb}.

\subsection{Overview}

\subsubsection{Basic use}

The initial ideology of \mst was to produce mathematical texts with
a very uniform look, not separating math from text as strongly as
is usually done. 

As soon as one tries out other fonts for text than the Computer Modern
ones one realizes how extremely ``thin'' are the default \TeX{} fonts
for mathematics: they definitely do not fit well visually with the
majority of text fonts. With \mst one can get one's (simple\dots{} or
not) mathematics typeset in a manner more compatible with the text,
without having to look for an especially designed font.

Here is a minimal example of what may go into
the preamble:
\begin{verbatim}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage{times}
\usepackage[italic]{mathastext}
\end{verbatim}
The package records which font is set up for text, at the time it is
loaded,\footnote{alternatively it is possible to configure the text font after
  loading \mst, and then the command \cs{Mathastext} will accomplish the
  necessary changes to the font for letters, digits and a few extra ascii
  symbols in math mode.} and
then arranges things in order for this text font to be used in math mode as
well. So, with the preamble as above
all letters, digits, and punctuation signs inside math mode will then be
typeset in Times.\footnote{let's do as if we did not know the excellent
  |txfonts| package which employs Times for text and has a very complete
  math support, including many additional mathematical glyphs in
  comparison to the CM fonts.} The exact list of characters concerned by
\mst is a subset of the basic |ASCII| set:

  \begin{framed}\centering\MTversion{timesbold}%
    \begingroup\color{joli}%
      $abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz$\par
      $ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ$\par
      $0123456789$\par
      \DeleteShortVerb{\|}% global!
      ${!}\,{?}\,{*}\,{,}\,{.}\,{:}\,{;}\,{+}\,{-}\,{=}\,{(}\,{)}\,
       {[}\,{]}\,{/}\,{\#}\,{\$}\,{\%}\,{\&}\,{<}\,{>}\,{|}\,{\{}\,{\}}
       \textrm{ \color{black}\mdseries and }{\backslash}$%
   \endgroup\par\MakeShortVerb{\|}%
  \end{framed}

As one can see, this is a very limited list! some possibilities are offered by
\mst for Greek letters and will be described later. 

The text characters {}'{} and  {}-{} are not used, and the asterisk is
done optionally:
\begin{itemize}
\item the derivative sign ${}'$ is left to its default as the text font
  glyph {}'{} is not, as a rule, a satisfying alternative.\footnote{|v1.2| adds
 a customizable tiny space before ${}'$ to separate it from the previous
 letter, this is really needed when using upright letters in math mode with
 the CM derivative glyph.{\MTversion{upright}\sffamily\MTprimeskip{.5mu}%
   Compare $f'$ with \MTprimeskip{0mu}$f'$.} }
\item   for the minus sign \mst uses the endash character
  \textendash, if available, and not the hyphen character -.%
%
\footnote{see the §unicodeminus§ option if using an OpenType font.}
%
\item the §asterisk§ option is mandatory for \mst to replace the binary math
  operator $*$ (and the equivalent control sequence \cs{ast}) with a version
  which uses the text asterisk * suitably lowered\footnote{the amount of
    lowering can be customized.} (and with the correct spaces around it as
  binary operator). The reason is that after this inputs such as |$R^*$|
  or |$R^\ast$| raise errors and \emph{must} be written |$R^{*}$| or |$R^{\ast}$|.
\end{itemize}

Nothing is changed to the ``large'' math symbols, except for
$\MToriginalprod$ and $\MToriginalsum$ in inline math which, like here:
$\prod\sum$, will be taken from the Symbol Font if option §symbolmisc§
was used. 

The left and right delimiters are taken from
the text font only for the base size: any |\big|, |\bigl|, |\bigr|,
etc\dots reverts to the original math symbols. 


\subsubsection{always load \mst last}

The ``large'' math symbols are not modified in any way by \mst. Only loading
some math font packages such as |fourier|, |kpfonts|, |mathabx|, |mathdesign|,
|txfonts|, |newtxmath|, etc\dots{} will change them. Think of loading these
packages before \mst, else they might undo what \mst did.

More generally any package (such as |amsmath|) dealing with math mode should be
loaded \emph{before} \mst.

\subsubsection{sans in math}

The following set-up often gives esthetically pleasing results: it is to
use the sans-serif member of the font family for math, and the serif for
text. 
\begin{verbatim}
\renewcommand\familydefault\sfdefault
\usepackage{mathastext}
\renewcommand\familydefault\rmdefault
\begin{document}
\end{verbatim}

\subsubsection{using \mst with \texttt{beamer}}\label{ssec:beamer}

%\noindent\llap{\textcolor{green}{\bfseries 2015/02/26}\hspace{1em}}

Starting
with release |3.34| of |beamer|, \mst is recognized as a ``math font package''.

\emph{Only with \emph{{\bfseries earlier} |beamer| versions} is it necessary to issue}
\centeredline{|\usefonttheme{professionalfonts}|}
\emph{in the preamble.} Example:

\begin{verbatim}
\documentclass{beamer}
%\usefonttheme{professionalfonts}% obsolete for mathastext since beamer 3.34
\usepackage{newcent}
\usepackage[scaled=.9]{helvet}
\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\rmdefault}
\usepackage[defaultmathsizes,symbolgreek]{mathastext}
\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}
\begin{document}
\begin{frame}
  This is some text and next comes some math: $E=mc^2$
  \[
  E=mc^2=a^n+b^n-c^n=\alpha\beta\gamma
  \]
  \begin{align}
    E&=mc^2\\
    E&=h\nu
  \end{align}
  And again some text.
\end{frame}
\end{document}
\end{verbatim}

\subsubsection{option \blueit{LGRgreek}}

  There is the issue of Greek letters. Sometimes the text font has
  Greek glyphs, in |LGR| encoding (this will be mentioned in the
  documentation of the font package). Then option §LGRgreek§ tells
  \mst to pick up these Greek letters. And it is possible to specify
  whether the Greek letters should be upright, or
  ``italic''.%
%
\footnote{the default CM and its replacement Latin Modern for european
  languages are (transparently to the user) extended with |LGR|
  encoded fonts from the |cbfonts| (|cbgreek-complete|)
  package.} 

It is naturally possible to leave the
  responsability to set up Greek letters to some other packages
  loaded previously to \mst. And even if \mst has been loaded with one of its
Greek related options the command §\MTstandardgreek§ will locally cancel its
customization of Greek letters. See also §\MTcustomgreek§.

  % \href{http://mirrors.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/cbgreek-complete.html}{cbfonts}

\subsubsection{avoid \texorpdfstring{\texttt{OT1}}{OT1} encoding}

  We specified in our minimal working example a |T1| encoding (|LY1| would
  have been ok, too) because the default |OT1| does not have the
  {\color{joli}\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
  $\mathord{<}\,\mathord{>}\,\mathord{|}$\,\{\,\}} and
  {\color{joli}$\backslash$\MakeShortVerb{\|}} glyphs. If
  \mst detects |OT1| as the default encoding it will leave these characters to
  their defaults from the math fonts.\footnote{the §subdued§ option, described next,
  acts a bit otherwise, it forces, contrarily to its usual low-key character,
  the replacement of |OT1| by |T1| for the fonts ultimately used with letters
  and digits in math mode.}
\begin{framed}
  If \mst detects the obsolete |OT1| encoding it does not do anything with
  \DeleteShortVerb{\|}<, >, |, \{, and \} which (except for monospace fonts)
  are not available in that encoding.\MakeShortVerb{\|}
   To fully benefit from \mst it is
  recommended to use some other encoding having these glyphs such as |T1| or
  |LY1|.
\end{framed}

\subsection{Main options}

   \subsubsection{The \blueit{italic} option}

In the initial version |1.0|, the Latin letters in
mathematical mode assumed the exact same shape as in
text mode, and this meant, generally speaking, that
they would turn up upright. Doing this gives a very
uniform look to the document, so that one has to make
an effort and read it with attention, and this was
one of the design goals of \mst.

Nevertheless, soon after I posted the initial version
of the package to CTAN, I was overwhelmed by
numerous\footnote{this means ``more then one.''}
questions\footnote{I thank in particular
\textsc{Tariq~Perwez} and \textsc{Kevin~Klement} for
their kind remarks (chronological order).}  on how to
have the letters be in italic shape.

The default is still, as in version |1.0|, for everything to be in
upright shape, but it suffices to pass to the package the option
§italic§\RightNote{1.1} to have the Latin letters in math mode in italic
shape.\footnote{more precisely stated, the value of \cs{itdefault}
is used.} There is also an option §frenchmath§ to make the
uppercase letters nevertheless upright, because this is the way of
traditional French mathematical typography.\footnote{more precisely
stated, the value of \cs{shapedefault} is used.}


\subsubsection{The \blueit{defaultmathsizes} option}

The default sizes give for subscripts of subscripts barely legible glyphs
(author's opinion!). So \mst makes more reasonable choices. It  also
redefines \cs{Huge} and defines a \cs{HUGE} size, copied from 
the |moresize| package. To cancel all of this use option
§defaultmathsizes§.

\subsubsection{The \blueit{subdued} option}\label{sec:subdued}

This option was introduced in |v1.15|.\RightNote{1.15} It provides a manner to
switch on the \mst-\emph{ification} only for limited portions of
the document, with the help  of the mechanism of math versions. Without the
§subdued§ option, the \emph{mathastextification} applies by default
to the whole of the document (and one may also define additional
math versions in the preamble); with the §subdued§ option the
\emph{mathastextification} is done only in \emph{math versions} distinct from
the standard and bold ones. 

The previous description is in fact a bit optimistic: \mst was not
written initially in order to allow its action to be completely
canceled, and achieving this would require a complete rewrite of
large portions of the code. 

To get the displayed math
(almost) as if \mst had not been loaded, one must also
use the option §defaultmathsizes§. But this does not quite suffice,
as, for example, the colon, the dot, and the minus sign belong
in the default \LaTeX{} math mode set-up to three distinct fonts
whereas \mst will pick (even subdued) the three of them in the same
font, and although it will make a reasonable choice of this font,
this is not a return to the previously prevailing situation. And
then arbitrary packages could have done arbitrary things... so to
be on the safe side one needs the §basic§ option which limits the
mathastextification to letters and digits (and should also be
accompanied by §defaultimath§ which prevents redefinition of the
\cs{imath} macro, and §nohbar§ which prevents redefinition of the
\cs{hbar} macro\dots). And even then, in some circumstances, this
will still not suffice; for example the \emph{euler} package puts
the digits in the same font as the Latin letters in math mode, but
the subdued \mst will pick them up in the same font as used in
operator names, and in the case of the \emph{euler} package, this
is the main document font. So, even subdued, \mst still kicks. But,
as I think is illustrated by the examples given at the start of
this document, the §subdued§ option has its utility, and works
reasonably well. 

Starting with package version |1.3d|, the §subdued§ mode does extinguish
in the normal and bold math versions the action of options §selfGreek§,
§eulergreek§, and §symbolgreek§ (previously only §LGRgreek§ was
subdue-able).


\subsection{Math versions}\label{sec:mathversions}

\LaTeX{} has the concept of \emph{math versions}, but most font packages
do not define any such version beyond the default normal and bold (that
they possibly customize to use such or such math font). The package
|unicode-math| for unicode engines fruitfully uses this concept. \mst
uses math versions in order to allow the math mode fonts (for letters,
digits, punctuation and a few other ascii symbols) used in the different
parts of the document to be kept in sync with the text fonts. However
the other math symbols (sums, products, integrals, logical signs,
etc\dots) will be the same throughout the document as it is not in \mst
power to modify them. There are some possibilities to use different sets
of fonts for the Greek letters, though.

The present document illustrated the use of various fonts, here is its
preamble (slightly stripped-down):
\begin{center}
  \begin{minipage}{.8\linewidth}
\begin{verbatim}
\usepackage{lmodern}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage[subdued,italic,defaultmathsizes]{mathastext}
\MTDeclareVersion[n]{lmvtt}{T1}{lmvtt}{m}{n}
\usepackage{newcent}
\Mathastext[newcent]
\usepackage{times}
\Mathastext[times]
\usepackage[scaled]{helvet}
\renewcommand\familydefault\sfdefault
\Mathastext[helvet]
\begin{document}\MTversion{normal}
\end{verbatim}
  \end{minipage}
\end{center}
Let us examine this code: it uses once the command §\MTDeclareVersion§
and three times the command §\Mathastext§, thus defining four 
|math versions|\footnote{|math versions| are discussed in the document
|fntguide.pdf| from your \TeX{} distribution.}: |lmvtt|, |newcent|,
|times|, and |helvet|. The names can be taken arbitrarily (they only
need to be suitable arguments to the \LaTeX{} \cs{DeclareMathVersion}
command which is invoked internally). Two
additional math versions preexist: the |normal| and |bold|, which,
because there was the §subdued§ option, were left untouched by \mst.

Once these |math versions| are defined, §\MTversion§|{name_of_version}|, or
equivalently §\Mathastextversion§|{name_of_version}|, enacts the font switches
in the body of the document. As is usual with \LaTeX{} one can limit the scope
to the inside of a group, or also switch back to the main set-up through issuing
\cs{Mathastextversion\{normal\}}.

When \cs{Mathastext} is used in the preamble, it records the current font
defaults and (except for the |normal| and |bold| versions under the §subdued§
regime) sets up the math font to be used in that version to be the text font
as found in \cs{familydefault}. But it is still possible for a \mst-declared
math version to have distinct fonts for text and math:
\begin{enumerate}
\item in the body of the \TeX{} source, an optional argument (the name
  of a \mst-declared math version) to \cs{MTversion} is allowed, and
  for example we used in the source of this document
  \cs{MTversion[newcent]\{helvet\}} meaning ``New Century Schoolbook
  for the text and Helvetica for the math.''
\item there are preamble-only commands \cs{MTencoding}, \cs{MTfamily},
  \cs{MTseries}, \cs{MTshape}, \cs{MTlettershape} which tell \mst what
  to do (for math \emph{only}) in each math version declared
  \emph{afterwards}, independently of the text fonts.
\end{enumerate}

The native \LaTeX{} command
\cs{mathversion}\marg{version\_name} would change only the fonts used in math
mode. It is recommended to use instead the package command
\csb{MTversion} (or one of its synonyms \cs{mathastextversion},
\cs{Mathastextversion}, \cs{MTVersion}), with a mandatory argument
\marg{version\_name}, which does additional actions:
\begin{itemize}
\item it sets the font for math mode (letters, math operator names, digits,
  punctuations, some other symbols) according to the version name given as
  mandatory argument,
\item it resets the text font of the document and the
  |\(family,rm,sf,...)default|s to their values as registered at the time of
  definition of the version. \emph{Use the starred variant in case this is not
    desired.} It is possible to also specify within brackets an extra optional
  version name, and the text font will be set according to it,
\item (see sections \ref{sec:mathskips} and \ref{sec:ic}) it re-issues the
  command §\MTmathactiveletters§ to let a to z, A to Z, be mathematically
  active in order to automatically insert the skips as defined by the user
  with §\MTsetmathskips§, and the italic corrections (if the font is not
  italic or slanted),
\item (see section \ref{sec:extraskips}) it resets the extra spaces after the
  symbols $\exists$, $\forall$ and before the derivative ${}'$ to the values as
  decided by the user in the preamble on a \emph{per version} basis,
\item (see section \ref{sec:mathxx}) it re-issues the commands
  §\MTmathoperatorsobeymathxx§ and §\MTeasynonlettersobeymathxx§  to let
  the math operator names and (`easy') non letter characters obey the math
  alphabets,
\item in case of option §asterisk§, it re-issues §\MTactiveasterisk§,
\item it does the additional set-up for Greek letters in case of the package
  received one of the Greek related options.
\end{itemize}
The scope is limited to the current \LaTeX{}
environment or group. When switching to the \emph{normal} or \emph{bold} math
versions under option §subdued§ most of the above is canceled.


It is sometimes not compatible with \mst to load a font package after it, as the
font package may contain instructions which will modify the math set-up. This
may be a bit hidden to the user: for example the |epigrafica| package loads
|pxfonts|. Hence it will interfere with \mst if it is loaded after
it.\footnote{may typically give a `too many math alphabets' error message.} But
one can use instead |\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{epigrafica}|,\footnote{sometimes
  one needs to look in the |.sty| file of the font package to figure out the
  font name (it is rarely as |epigrafica|, the same as the package name), and,
  if one does not know the arcanes of finding |.fd| files in one's \TeX{}
  distribution, one should look at the log file of a test document to see if for
  example |T1| is available for that font; for |epigrafica| it is not, only
  |OT1| and |LGR| are possible.} followed with \cs{Mathastext}, or also
|\MTfamily{epigrafica}\Mathastext| which will only change the font in math.

To use |epigrafica| for Greek in math mode one can use the
package option §LGRgreek§ and the command
|\MTgreekfont{epigrafica}\Mathastext|. Or
\cs{usepackage}|{epigrafica}| followed with
|\usepackage[LGRgreek]{mathastext}|.

\subsection{Extra spaces around letters}
\label{sec:mathskips}

This is a new feature added with release |1.3|: the command §\MTsetmathskips§
allows the user to set up some spaces (more precisely, `mu glue'; but stretch
and shrink are discarded) to be
automatically inserted around the letters in math mode. Some (very) unrealistic
uses:
\begin{verbatim}
% this may be anywhere in the document (also within a math group):
\MTsetmathskips{x}{20.33mu}{15.66mu}% 20.33mu before all x's and 15.66mu after.
\MTsetmathskips{y}{\thickmuskip}{\thickmuskip}%
\MTsetmathskips{z}{10mu}{5mu}% stretch and shrink are anyhow without effect.
\MTsetmathskips{A}{\muexpr \thickmuskip*2}{\muexpr \medmuskip-\thinmuskip/2}%
\end{verbatim}
Here is what |$wxtytz^{wxtytz}=BAC^{BAC}$| then gives using the Times font: 
\begingroup
\MTsetmathskips{x}{20.33mu}{15.66mu}%
\MTsetmathskips{y}{\thickmuskip}{\thickmuskip}%
\MTsetmathskips{z}{10mu}{5mu}%
\MTsetmathskips{A}{\muexpr \thickmuskip*2}{\muexpr \medmuskip-\thinmuskip/2}%
\MTversion{times}%
$wxtytz^{wxtytz}=BAC^{BAC}$.\endgroup{} Any \TeX{} group or \LaTeX{} environment
limits as usual the scope of this command. Furthermore the command
§\MTunsetmathskips§ cancels previous use of \cs{MTsetmathskips} for a given
letter.

The implementation relies on the `mathematical activation' of letters, which is
done by default by the package since release |1.2b|. Should this cause
compatibility problems, the command §\MTmathstandardletters§ cancels it
entirely. To reactivate it, there is §\MTmathactiveletters§. Note that
\cs{MTmathactiveletters} is done automatically by \mst when loaded, and also
each time the package enhanced math-version-switch command §\MTversion§ is used,
except for the normal and bold math versions under the §subdued§ option.

% Earlier this `mathematical activation' of letters had been used by the package
% only to add automatically italic corrections, as described in the next
% section.

\begin{framed}
  The extra skips are set at natural width; they do not contribute to the
  overall stretchability or shrinkability of the math formula and do not
  create break points. 

  \textcolor{magenta}{\bfseries Changed with |1.3i|}: they are \emph{not}
  applied within the scope of math alphabet commands.
\end{framed}

\subsection{Italic corrections}
\label{sec:ic}

{\small Note: this is somewhat technical discussion which may well be skipped in
  its entirety on first reading.\par}

\begingroup
\fboxsep0pt\fboxrule.1pt

With the §italic§ option the letters in math will be generally in italic shape
(and, normally, upright in operator names).

For the built-in placement routines of \TeX{} in math mode to work as well as
they usually do, the characters from the math italic font obviously should have
their bounding boxes wide enough for the glyphs not to collide with other
symbols. A letter from a text italic font  such as \emph{f} 
extends way out of its declared bounding box; let us
compare the bounding boxes\footnote{let's be honest, we are lying here about
  what exactly the first of these is bounding; this is explained later!} for the
letter $f$ in the math italic font to the one from the text italic font:
\fbox{$f$} vs. {\itshape\fbox{f}}.

This could make us think that attempting to use in math a text italic font will
lead to disaster. Well, surprisingly the situation is not that bad. Sure
|$f(x)$| is wider with the standard math italic \fbox{$f(x)$}
(\setbox0=\hbox{$f(x)$}\texttt{\the\wd0}) than it is with the text italic font
used in math:\footnote{we used simply \texttt{\$\string\mathit\{f(x)\}\$}.}
\fbox{$\mathit{f(x)}$} (\setbox0=\hbox{$\mathit{f(x)}$}\texttt{\the\wd0}) but we
should be surprised that our text italic {\itshape f} did not end up even closer
to the opening parenthesis. Why is it so?

The explanation is that \TeX{} uses in such a situation the \emph{italic
  correction} for the letter {\itshape f}. The italic correction also exists and
is used for the math italic font, it was inserted in |$f$| without us having to
ask anything. Its value is \texttt{1.17865pt} for the math italic $f$ and
\texttt{1.8919pt} for the text italic \emph{f}.\footnote{these values are for
  the Latin Modern fonts of course.} With the italic corrections included our
bounding boxes are indeed more alike: \fbox{\usefont{OML}{lmm}{m}{it}f\/} vs
\fbox{\itshape f\/}.

Without the italic corrections\footnote{here we give correctly the bounding box
  for the math italic $f$... without its italic correction!} it is
\fbox{\usefont{OML}{lmm}{m}{it}f} 
vs \fbox{\itshape f}. I said that |$f$| included the italic correction
automatically, 
but if we  tell \TeX{} to use the text italic in math, and typeset the alphabet,
we obtain something exactly identical to typing the letters in text, hence
without any italic
correction:\par
{\leftskip2cm\rightskip5cm%
  \noindent{\itshape abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}\hfill\rlap{\texttt{text italic
      in text}}\break $\mathit{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}$\hfill
\rlap{\texttt{text italic in math}}\break
$abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz$\hfill
\rlap{\texttt{math italic in math}}\break
  {\usefont{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}\hfill 
\rlap{\texttt{math italic in text}}\par} 
Where are our italic corrections gone? the last line
was done with \cs{usefont\{OML\}\{lmm\}\{m\}\{it\}} and confirms that italic
corrections have been used for the math italic in math.

Turning to the \TeX book (and its Appendix G) we learn that in such
circumstances, for the italic corrections to be put in from the font, one of its
parameters, the interword space (aka \cs{fontdimen2}), should
be zero. It is indeed zero for the math italic font, not for the text italic.

It is possible to make \TeX{} believe it is. Doing so, we obtain in math mode
with the text italic:\par
{\leftskip2cm\rightskip5cm%
\noindent{\mathastextversion{italic}%
$\xdef\mstrestorefontdimen{\fontdimen2\textfont\symmtletterfont=
\the\fontdimen2\textfont\symmtletterfont}%
\fontdimen2\textfont\symmtletterfont=0pt%
   abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz$}\hfill\rlap{\texttt{text italic in math}}\break
   $abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz$\hfill\rlap{\texttt{math italic in math}}\par}


 We saw that the italic correction was taken into acount automatically
 (independently of the value of the interword space font parameter) in
 expressions such as |$f(x)$|. Another clever thing done by \TeX{} is to use it
 for the placement of superscripts; the next examples systematically
 use the text italic in math. We see that
 {\mathastextversion{italic}$\mstrestorefontdimen f^j$} is very different
 from $\hbox{\itshape f}^j$... where the latter was coded with 
|$\hbox{\itshape f}^j$|. The inputs |$\mathit{\hbox{\itshape f\/}^j}$| and
|$\mathit{f^j}$| give almost identical results: \fbox{$\mathit{\hbox{\itshape
      f\/}^j}$}  vs.
 \fbox{$\mathit{f^j}$}. Close examination reveals
 that the horizontal spacing is exactly identical, however the exponent in the
 second case is a bit lower. Anyway, the point is that in the second case the
 italic correction for $\mathit f$ was indeed used.

 Subscripts are another matter: they do \emph{not} take into
 account the italic correction. For example |$\mathit{f_i}$|
 gives the same horizontal positions as
 |$\mathit{\hbox{\itshape f}_i}$|: $\mathit{f_i}$ vs.
 $\mathit{\hbox{\itshape f}_i}$. Printing them one on another
 gives \rlap{$\mathit{f_i}$}$\mathit{\hbox{\itshape f}_i}$ and
 reveals (use the zoom of your viewer!) that only the vertical
 placement was affected, not the horizontal placement.

We learn in Appendix G of the \TeX book that the italic correction is used for
the horizontal shift of the superscript with respect to the position of
the subscript: $\mathit{f_i^j}$, or, 
going back now to the the standard math italics $f_i^j$. In the next paragraphs
we use $f_i^i$ for more accurate comparison of the positioning of the sub- and superscript.

If we try something like this: |${f\/}_i^i$| we obtain ${f\/}_i^i$. Our
overlapping game with |\rlap{$f_i^i$}${f\/}_i^i$| gives
\rlap{$f_i^i$}${f\/}_i^i$. We discover that the effect of the explicit italic
correction has mainly been to translate the subscript horizontally to be
positioned exactly below the superscript!\footnote{there are also some tiny
  vertical displacements of the sub- and superscripts.} We most probably do
\emph{not} want this to happen for our indices and exponents in math mode. So
perhaps we can rejoice in how astute \TeX{} has been in judiciously using the
italic correction data, and there seems to be no need into fiddling with this
algorithm which seems to work well even when applied to a text italic font. Actually we may even be of the opinion that the text italic
version $\mathit{f_i^i}$  is a bit better-looking than the
true math italic $f_i^i$ . . .


But wait... \mst was initially developed to easily use in math mode the document
text font not in its italic variant, but as is, so, usually, upright. And
upright \TeX{} fonts may also have italic correction data! And what I just said
about the shift of the superscript with respect to the subscript apply equally
well to such a font, if \TeX{} has been told to use it. Let's try Latin Modern
Upright for letters in math: |$f_i^i$| now gives\footnote{we just use
  \texttt{\$\string\mathrm\{f\_i\^{}i\}\$}.} $\mathrm{f_i^i}$. We see the italic
correction in action for the positioning of the superscript! Compare with
|$\mathrm{\hbox{f}_i^i}$|: $\mathrm{\hbox{f}_i^i}$. Overlapping with
|\rlap{$\mathrm{f_i^i}$}$\mathrm{\hbox{f}_i^i}$| gives
\rlap{$\mathrm{f_i^i}$}$\mathrm{\hbox{f}_i^i}$ and shows that the upright
$\mathrm{f}$ has an italic correction which was used to shift the superscript to
the right (and it is now in a slightly lower position). Let's now do
|$\mathrm{{f\/}_i^i}$|: this gives $\mathrm{{f\/}_i^i}$ and the subscript is
shifted to the right, and is now on the same vertical axis as the superscript.
There are also some slight vertical displacements,
|\rlap{$\mathrm{f_i^i}$}$\mathrm{{f\/}_i^i}$| gives
\rlap{$\mathrm{f_i^i}$}$\mathrm{{f\/}_i^i}$. 

People will tell me crazy, but if we decide for using upright fonts in math,
wouldn't it be satisfying to have the subscript and superscript positioned
on the same vertical axis? the letter has no slant, why should the indices
display one?

We end up in this strange situation that it is attractive to systematically
incorporate the italic corrections after the upright Latin letters in math! But
we don't want to do this inside the arguments to math alphabets as this would
make impossible the formation of ligatures (the standard |$\mathrm{ff}$|,
|$\mathit{ff}$|, |$\mathbf{ff}$|, |$\mathsf{ff}$| all give ligatures
$\mathrm{ff}$, $\mathit{ff}$, $\mathbf{ff}$, and $\mathsf{ff}$ and we would like
to preserve this behavior).
% http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/35298/error-with-hyperref-tabular-footnotes-in-tabular
% pas le temps aujourd'hui de regarder plus, j'ai déjà rencontré ce problème,
% j'avais peut-être autre chose. Voir aussi
% http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6090/clickable-table-footnote

\makeatletter
\begin{framed}\kern-.75\baselineskip
  \begin{framed}
    Starting with version |v1.2b|, \mst adds the italic correction automatically
    after each letter of the Latin alphabet in math mode, \emph{except} when
    these letters are italic or slanted.\footnotemark\par
 \global\let\saved@Href@A\Hy@footnote@currentHref 
    These
    italic corrections are canceled inside the arguments to the math alphabet
    commands, to allow the formation of ligatures as
    is expected in the standard default \TeX{} font set-up in math.%
\footnotemark
 \global\let\saved@Href@B\Hy@footnote@currentHref 
  \end{framed}\vskip-.75\baselineskip
\end{framed}
\addtocounter{footnote}{-1}%
\let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@A 
%
\footnotetext{the situation is rather ironical! by the way, the warnings in
  section \ref{sec:mathxx} with \texttt{\$x\^{}?\$} or similar are less of an
  issue here, because the letter is only \emph{followed} by \texttt{\char92/}
  and anyhow the whole is put by \mst within group braces, so no surprises
  with \texttt{\$x\^{}y\$} or \texttt{\$\char92mathbin x\$}. Nevertheless it
  is still true that (in math mode only) the letters |a-z|, |A-Z|, expand to
  composite objects, something which could surprise other packages. The
  command \csb{MTmathstandardletters} cancels this mechanism.}
%
\addtocounter{footnote}{1}%
\let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@B 
%
\footnotetext{\CHANGED{1.3i}Formerly, italic corrections were added to the
  \cs{mathnormal} arguments.}

\makeatother

The feature-implementing commands §\MTicinmath§, §\MTnoicinmath§,
§\MTicalsoinmathxx§ are described in section \ref{sec:cmds}.
\endgroup

\textbf{\hbox{Note:}} \emph{from brief testing on 2012/12/28, \XeTeX{} seems not
  to obey in math mode italic corrections for OpenType fonts. Hence the \TeX{}
  placement algorithms for math mode described in this section do not work well
  when an OpenType (text) font is used for the letters in math mode, and the
  document is compiled with the \XeTeX{} engine. On the other hand \LuaLaTeX{}
  seems to implement the italic corrections when using OpenType fonts, but only
  with italic fonts (as far as I could tell). Try the following (which will use
  the OpenType Latin Modern font) on a recent \TeX{}
  installation and compare the output of both engines:}\par
\kern-.5\baselineskip
\indent\vbox{\begin{verbatim}
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{fontspec}
\begin{document}
\Huge
$\mathit{f_i^i}$\par $\mathrm{f_i^i}$
\end{document}\end{verbatim}
\kern-.75\baselineskip}\\%\end{verbatim} FIX DU FONT-LOCKING DE AUCTEX (11.89.6)
\emph{Comment out the} |fontspec| \emph{line and use pdf\LaTeX{}. All
  three outputs are different on my \TeX{} installation. \XeTeX{} does not have
  the italic corrections. \LuaLaTeX{} does, but only for the italic font.
  pdf\LaTeX{} has them for both the italic and the upright font.%
\footnotemark }

\footnotetext {2016/11/04: the situation hasn't changed a iota since,
at least on current TL2016. For more see
\url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/337076} which explores also the differences
between the two Unicode engines regarding italic corrections in pure text mode.}

\subsection{Extra  glue after \texorpdfstring{\cs{exists}}{\textbackslash
exists}, \texorpdfstring{\cs{forall}}{\textbackslash forall}, and before the prime glyph}
\label{sec:extraskips}

\begingroup\MTversion{upright}\renewcommand\familydefault\sfdefault
\makeatletter % c'est parce que sinon ils sont pris dans Symbol
\let\mst@stdexists\oldexists
\let\mst@stdforall\oldforall
\makeatother

\csb{MTforallskip}, \csb{MTexistsskip}, and \csb{MTprimeskip} are three
commands with each a mandatory argument like for example 
|3mu plus 1mu minus 1mu| or just |2.5mu|. They are especially useful 
when using an
upright font in math mode. {The |mu| is a unit length used in
  math mode (`math unit', 1/18th of the `quad' value of the symbol font
  in the current style). Its value is relative to the current math
  style. Its use is \textcolor{DarkMagenta}{mandatory} in the commands
  described here.}
\begin{itemize}
\item compare $\forall B$ with\MTforallskip{2mu} $\forall B$, typeset after 
|\MTforallskip{2mu}|, 
\item compare $\exists N$ with\MTexistsskip{2mu} $\exists N$, typeset after
|\MTexistsskip{2mu}|, 
\item and finally compare $f'$ with\MTprimeskip{2mu} $f'$, typeset after 
|\MTprimeskip{2mu}|.
\end{itemize}

These three commands may be used throughout the document, or also in the
preamble, in which case the declared math versions will record the then current
values of the skips. \mst applies the following (small) default skips:
|0.6667mu| for the skip after $\forall$, |1mu| for the skip after $\exists$, and
|0.5mu| for the skip before the prime. The examples above become
\MTforallskip{.6667mu}\MTexistsskip{1mu}\MTprimeskip{.5mu}$\forall B$, $\exists
N$ and $f'$.\footnote{the derivative glyph from the |txfonts| math symbols
  adapts itself better to an upright letter, no skip seems to be needed then.}

With the §italic§ option the defaults are set to zero.
\MTversion{italic}\renewcommand\familydefault\sfdefault Indeed
$\forall B$, $\exists N$ and $f'$ look fine without additional skips. If the
document decides then to declare in the preamble a math version with an upright
font it is thus recommended to use the commands in the preamble before the
\cs{Mathastext}\oarg{version\_name} (or \cs{MTDeclareVersion}) command defining
the version. They will be remembered when this math version is entered in the
document. The commands may also be used directly in the document body.

Under the §subdued§ option, the \emph{normal} math version (at the start of
the document body, or after |\MTversion{normal}|) and the \emph{bold} math
version (either at the start of the document body after \cs{boldmath}, or after
|\MTversion{bold}|) do not have any extra skip inserted (even one of zero
width) after $\oldforall$, $ \oldexists$, or before the ${}'$.%
%
\footnote{\CHANGED{1.3j}Formerly, skips of zero widths were inserted.}

\endgroup


\subsection{Extended scope of the math alphabets commands}
\label{sec:mathxx}

\begingroup
\MTversion{italic}\renewcommand\familydefault\sfdefault
% il faudra peut-être que j'annule cette façon qu'à mathastext de tripatouiller
% \familydefault... 
\makeatletter\let\mst@doasterisk\relax\makeatother

Ever since the initial version of the package, some characters usually
unaffected by the math alphabet commands \cs{mathbf}, \cs{mathtt},
\cs{mathsf}\dots{} are declared to be of `variable family type', in order for
them to obey these commands: for example the hash sign $\#$ gives $\mathbf{\#}$
if input as |$\mathbf{\#}$| (\mst, especially in its beginnings, wanted as many
characters as possible to be picked up from the text font and to behave
similarly to letters and digits).

So it was especially frustrating that mathematical characters such as $+$, or
$<$, or $]$ could not be declared of `variable family' (in addition to being
picked up in the text font) as this would, for reasons of the inner workings of
\TeX{}, not be compatible with the automatically inserted spaces around them.

A revolutionary\RightNote{1.2} ;-) novelty is introduced with version |1.2| of the package:
\begin{enumerate}
\item the pre-declared or user-declared (using the |amsmath|
  \cs{DeclareMathOperator} or equivalent) operator names obey the math
  alphabet commands,\footnote{contrarily to the next feature, this one is not
    likely to create incompatibilities with other packages, so it is
    activated by default.}
\item and, \emph{optionally}, all non alphabetical
  characters\footnote{of course some of them are input preceded by a
    backslash, and the backslash itself is input as \cs{backslash}.} treated by
  \mst, \emph{i.e.}, if not disabled by options,
  ${!}\,{?}\,{,}\,{:}\,{;}\,{+}\,{-}\,{=}\,{(}\,{)}\,{[}\,{]}\,{<}\,{>}\,{\{}\,{\}}$,
  the asterisk $*$, and
  $.\,/\,\vert\,\backslash\,{\#}\,{\$}\,{\%}\,{\&}$\footnote{%
    ${\#}\,{\$}\,{\%}\,{\&}$
    obey the math alphabets since the initial version of \mst; the dot
    $.$, the slash $/$, the vertical bar $\vert$ and the backslash
    $\backslash$ do not have specific spacings inserted by \TeX{} around
    them, and the procedure is then not a devilish one, this is why it
    is made the default for these characters which are listed apart. The
    math symbols \cs{mid} (which is $\vert$ with type \cs{mathrel}) and
    \cs{setminus} ($\backslash$ with type \cs{mathbin}) are counted
    among the `difficult' cases, not the `easy non-letters'.} will also obey
  the math alphabet commands (when not used as delimiters). The
  important thing is that the spaces added by \TeX{} before and after
  are not modified.

\end{enumerate}
Let us compare, for example, the new behavior of \cs{mathtt} and \cs{mathbf}
\MTmathoperatorsobeymathxx\MTnonlettersobeymathxx\MTeasynonlettersobeymathxx
\[ \mathtt{(\sin(n!)<\cos(m-p)?)}\qquad \mathbf{[\sin(x+y)=\cos(z-t)]}\] 
with the traditional default behavior:
\MTmathoperatorsdonotobeymathxx\MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx
\MTeasynonlettersdonotobeymathxx
\[ \mathtt{(\sin(n!)<\cos(m-p)?)}\qquad \mathbf{[\sin(x+y)=\cos(z-t)]}\] 

The first feature is activated by default, except of course for the normal and
bold math versions when the package was given the \emph{subdued} option. The
second feature is \emph{off} by default for the characters listed first. It is
\emph{on} for the `easy' cases
${\#}\,{\$}\,{\%}\,{\&}\,.\,/\,\vert\,\backslash$ (activating the feature for
them puts no constraint on the user input and should not be too upsetting to
other packages), and also for $*$ but only if this was required explicitely by
the option §asterisk§, as the user then is supposed to know that |$R^*$| is no
valid input anymore and should be replaced by |$R^{*}$|. The remaining `difficult'
cases create similar
constraints, which will be commented more upon next. The relevant commands are\\
\mbox{}\hspace{2cm}\csb{MTmathoperatorsdonotobeymathxx}\\
\mbox{}\hspace{2cm}\csb{MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx}\\
\mbox{}\hspace{2cm}\csb{MTeasynonlettersdonotobeymathxx}\\
for deactivation and \\
\mbox{}\hspace{2cm}\csb{MTmathoperatorsobeymathxx}\\
\mbox{}\hspace{2cm}\csb{MTnonlettersobeymathxx}\\
\mbox{}\hspace{2cm}\csb{MTeasynonlettersobeymathxx}\\
for activation.\footnote{these commands are to be used outside of math mode.
  Their scope is limited to the current \LaTeX{} environment or group. They use
  the \cs{everymath} and \cs{everydisplay} mechanism so if the document needs to
  modify these token lists it has to do so in a responsible manner, extending
  not annihilating their previous contents.} \footnote{when in subdued mode, the
  math alphabets are the default ones, not the ones modified by \mst to use the
  document text fonts. As a result, matters of font encodings may then give
  unexpected results, for example for $-$. On the present document page we
  switched to a math version to escape from the |subdued| mode and avoid the
  problem with \cs{mathbf\{-\}} giving in the normal (subdued) math version
  {\MTversion{normal}\MTnonlettersobeymathxx$\mathbf-$\sffamily, when
    `non-letters' are declared to obey math alphabets.}}

\begin{framed}
  \textbf{Important:} the package does \csb{MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx} by
  default. The reason is that activating the mechanism adds some constraints to
  the way things must be input, adding
\centeredline{|\usepackage{mathastext}|\csb{MTnonlettersobeymathxx}}
  to a pre-existing
  document might well create errors: 
  all these characters treated by \mst, such
  as |?|, |[|, |<| now represent (in math mode only!) \emph{two} `tokens' and
  this will utterly confuse \TeX{} if some precautions are not taken: |$x^?$|,
  |$R^+$| or |$\mathopen<A\mathclose>$| \emph{must} now be coded as |$x^{?}$|,
  |$R^{+}$| and |$\mathopen{<}A\mathclose{>}$| (the rule is to do as if |?|,
  |+|, |<| or |>| were each really \emph{two} characters).

  Even if this rule is respected in the document source, it is still a
  possibility that incompatibilities with other packages will arise because
  \mst does a \emph{mathematical activation} of the characters which could be
  unexpected and unchecked for by other packages. This is precisely the case
  with the |amsmath| package, and the problem goes away by just making sure
  that |amsmath| is loaded before \mst{} (generally speaking, \mst should be
  loaded last after all packages dealing with math things).
\end{framed}

The braces |\{| and |\}| remain unresponsive to the alphabet changing commands
even after \csb{MTnonlettersobeymathxx}. One must issue also
\csb{MTexplicitbracesobeymathxx}, but it has the disadvantage that |\{| and
|\}| become then unusable as variable-size delimiters: |\big\{| or |\big\}|
create errors and one must make use of |\big\lbrace| and |\big\rbrace|. But
\MTmathoperatorsobeymathxx\MTnonlettersobeymathxx\MTexplicitbracesobeymathxx
one can now enjoy $\mathtt{\{a, a>b\}}$, $\mathbf{\{a, a>b\}}$,
$\mathsf{\{a, a>b\}}$, or even $\mathnormalbold{\{a, a>b\}}$.\footnote{this
  last example uses the \cs{mathnormalbold} additional alphabet defined by
  \mst.}\footnote{Let me recall that braces will anyhow not be handled at all
  by \mst if the document
  font encoding is |OT1|, except under option |alldelims|.}

Even with \csb{MTnonlettersobeymathxx}, the parenthese-like symbols $($, $)$, 
$[$, $]$, $<$ and $>$ and the slashes $/$, $\backslash$, \emph{if used as
  left/right delimiters} (i.e. with |\left/\right|) do not react to math
alphabet commands. This is mainly explained by the fact that the text font
will not contain suitable glyphs, hence no attempt was made to make the
delimiters pick up their glyphs there.

But \mst does try to pick up most of the `small variants' of the delimiters
from the text font: |$\left<x\right>$| gives $\left<x\right>$ (but
|$\left<b\right>$| gives $\left<b\right>$.) Notice that this differs from
standard \LaTeX{} for which |$\left< x\right>$| gives $\langle x\rangle$. As
it is perhaps a bit strange to have $\left< x\right>$ next to
$\left< X\right>$ there is option §nosmalldelims§: with this option the
small-sized variants of the delimiters are not modified by \mst (option
§nosmalldelims§ has the side effect that, for the non-delimiter uses of 
|\{, \}| 
to be \mst-ified it is necessary to issue \csb{MTnonlettersobeymathxx} and
\csb{MTexplicitbracesobeymathxx}.)

At any rate, as said above, whether `small' or not, delimiters are
unresponsive to math alphabet commands, due to technical aspects of \TeX, and
the way \mst handles these things. Examples: |\mathbf{<a,b>}| gives
$\mathbf{<a,b>}$
%{\setbox0\hbox{$\mathbf{<a,b>}$}\typeout{ICI}\showboxdepth\maxdimen
%  \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showbox0} 
(no use of |\left/\right|, hence brackets do obey the math alphabets --- as we
issued §\MTnonlettersobeymathxx§ a bit earlier), |\mathbf{\left<a,b\right>}|
gives $\mathbf{\left<a,b\right>}$ (brackets used with |\left/\right| do not
obey the math alphabets), |\mathbf{\mathopen{<}a,b \mathclose{>}}| gives
$\mathbf{\mathopen{<} a,b \mathclose{>}}$ (no |\left/\right|, brackets
do obey the math alphabets).

\endgroup
For comparison, the \LaTeX{} standard behavior for
\centeredline{|\mathbf{\mathopen{<}a,b\mathclose{>}}|}
is $\mathbf{\mathopen{<} a,b
  \mathclose{>}}$ (neither brackets nor the comma do respond).

\subsection{Greek letters}

The Computer Modern fonts are very light and thin in comparison
to many text fonts, and as a result rarely mix
well with them (particularly if the Latin letters in
math mode are upright). The following options are
provided by \mst:
\begin{description}
\item[no option:] nothing is done by the
  package, Greek letters are the default Computer
  Modern ones or have been set-up by other packages;
  for example by the |fourier| package with option
  `upright', which gives upright Greek letters.
\item[§LGRgreek§:] this is for fonts which additionally to Latin
  letters also provide Greek letters in |LGR| encoding. Here is
  a list from a 2012 standard \TeX{} installation: the Computer
  Modern, Latin Modern, and the CM-LGC fonts; the Greek Font
  Society fonts (such as GFS Didot), the epigrafica and kerkis
  packages, the txfontsb package which extends the txfonts
  package with LGR-encoded Greek letters; the Droid fonts, the
  DejaVu fonts, the Comfortaa font, and the Open Sans font. The
  |LGR| encoded |CM/LM| fonts (in serif, sans-serif and typewriter
  family) give the nice Greek letters in upright shape from the
  |cbfonts| package. To get these letters in your \mst math
  mode, you can do the following:
\begin{verbatim}
% instructions to load the document fonts:
\usepackage{nice_font}
% and then the following:
\renewcommand{\familydefault}{cmr} % or cmss or cmtt for sans resp. mono
\usepackage[LGRgreek]{mathastext}
\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\rmdefault} 
\Mathastext % this re-initializes mathastext with the nice_font,
% without changing the LGR font cmr/cmss/cmtt used for Greek letters
% in math mode.
\begin{document}
\end{verbatim}
 If you use the §italic§ option note that the italic Greek
 letters from the |cbfonts| are not the same glyphs as 
  the default Greek letters from the |OML| encoded font |cmmi|.
\item[§eulergreek§:] the Greek letters will be taken from the Euler font (the
  document does not have to load the eulervm package, \mst directly uses
  some file included in this package, as it provides a mechanism to scale
  by an arbitrary factor the Euler font.) The letters are upright.
\item[§symbolgreek§:] the Greek letters will be taken
  from the (Adobe Postscript) Symbol font. A command is provided
  so that the user can scale the Symbol font to let it
  better fit with the text font. The letters are upright.
\item[§selfGreek§:] this option concerns only the eleven Greek
  capitals from the |OT1|-encoding. It does nothing for the
  lowercase Greek letters. The encoding used in the document does
  not have to be |OT1|.
\end{description}

There is also §LGRgreeks§ which tells \mst to pick up in each math
version the letters from the |LGR| encoded font used in that version,
and §selfGreeks§ to tell \mst to do as for §selfGreek§ but
separately in all math versions. 

Under the §subdued§ option the Greek letters in the normal and bold math
versions are kept to their defaults as found at the time of loading the
package. 

The commands §\MTstandardgreek§  allow at any point
in the document to turn inactive any Greek related option passed to \mst. And
conversely §\MTcustomgreek§ reactivates it.


\subsubsection{Shape of Greek letters}

Classic \TeX{} uses in math mode italic lowercase and
upright uppercase Greek letters. French typography uses
upright shape for both lowercase and uppercase. And the
ISO standard is to use italic shape for both lowercase
and uppercase.

The Euler and Symbol fonts not being available in other than their
default upright shape, this question of shapes for Greek letters
raises issues only in the case of the options §LGRgreek§ and
§selfGreek§.

The options §frenchmath§, §itgreek§, §upgreek§, §itGreek§ and §upGreek§
modify the Greek letter shapes according to the following rules, listed
from the lowest to the highest priority:
\begin{description}
\item[no option:] the lowercase Greek letters are in the same shape as
  Latin letters, and the uppercase in the same shape as applied to digits
  and operator names,
\item[§frenchmath§:] both lowercase and uppercase are in the same shape as
  the digits and operator names (most of the time this means ``upright
  shape'', but it can be otherwise),
\item[§itgreek§, §upgreek§:] both lowercase and uppercase are in the
  \cs{itdefault}, respectively the \cs{updefault} shape (at the time of
  loading the package or at the time of a subsequent call to 
  \cs{Mathastext} or \cs{MathastextWillUse}),
\item[§itGreek§, §upGreek§:] same as above, but only for the uppercase
  letters.
\end{description}

So, the default gives the classic \TeX{} behavior when option §italic§
was passed. Each call to \cs{Mathastext} (or \cs{MathastextWillUse})
macros (described in a later section) reinitializes the computation of
the shapes.

As mentioned already the package allows to define various ``math
versions''. In the case of §eulergreek§ or §symbolgreek§ they apply
to all these versions. In the case of the options §LGRgreeks§ or
§selfGreeks§ (notice the additional ``s''), each math version is
assumed to have its text font available in |LGR| (or |OT1|
encoding) and also the shapes will be local to the math version.

Finally version |1.15c| of \mst introduces new preamble-only
commands to change the shapes, and even the font, used for Greek
letters, in case of package options §LGRgreek§/§selfGreek§. They
are §\MTitgreek§, §\MTupgreek§, §\MTitGreek§, §\MTupGreek§: these
are used like the options and change only the shapes for the math
versions which will be declared \emph{next} in the preamble; and
§\MTgreekfont§|{name_of_font}| will tell the \emph{next} math
versions to use that font family. To use this command you need to
know the (little) name of a suitable font family available in |LGR|
encoding: for example |lmr|, |txr| (needs |txfontsb|
package on your system), |DejaVuSerif-TLF| (needs |dejavu| package
on your system), etc\dots

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\subsection{Unicode engines}

\mst is minimally Unicode aware since |1.12| and can be used with \XeTeX{} or
\LuaLaTeX{}. Starting with release |1.3|, it needs |luatex| to be at least
as recent as the one which was provided with the TL2013 distribution.

\subsubsection{Caveat emptor}

With \XeTeX{} the user is strongly advised to first consider using the
|mathspec| package, which is designed for Unicode, with a key-value interface.
With both \XeTeX{} and \LuaLaTeX{}, |unicode-math| is recommended for OpenType
math fonts.

Particularly in the latter case (\emph{i.e.} using |unicode-math|) you probably don't need, don't want, and should
not use \mst: it is extremely far from being able to define a math font, as it
applies basically only to a subset of the |32-127| ascii range, and in particular
it does not know how to use a given Unicode font simultaneously for Latin and
Greek letters. Again the user is strongly advised to look at |mathspec| and
|unicode-math|.

Let me point out explicitely that \mst has not been tested in any systematic
manner under the Unicode engines; and that it is expected to be most definitely
incompatible with |unicode-math|, although your mileage may vary and some
features may appear to work.

When using \mst with either \XeTeX{} or \LuaLaTeX{} it is recommended to use
the |fontspec| package (see remark below on \cs{encodingdefault}).
Furthermore, it is \emph{necessary} to load |fontspec| with its |no-math|
option, and this \emph{must} happen before loading \mst.

\begin{framed}
\begin{itemize}[label=$\bullet$, leftmargin=1em]
\item
  Use |fontspec| with its
  \emph{no-math} option, and load it \emph{prior} to \mst. As some packages
  load |fontspec| themselves (for example |polyglossia|), a
  \centeredline{|\PassOptionsToPackage{no-math}{fontspec}|} early in the
  preamble might be needed.

\item
  The |amsmath| package, if used, \emph{must} be loaded \emph{prior} to \mst.

\item
  Under |lualatex| engine, it is recommended to also load the package
  |lualatex-math|.
\end{itemize}
\end{framed}

% obsolete with release 1.3:
% A little piece of the functionality of \mst is less fully
% realized under the \LuaLaTeX{} engine than it is with
% \XeTeX{}. This is a temporary situation as the needed feature
% of \LuaLaTeX{} has been implemented in its latest development
% release. I will update \mst when these binaries will have
% reached the distribution stage.

I already mentioned in the section \ref{sec:ic} the fact that
the italic corrections were not available for OpenType fonts
under the \XeTeX{} engine and only partially available for the
\LuaLaTeX{} engine, with the result that the spacings in math
mode when using for the letters an upright text font will be
less satisfying than with the standard PDF\TeX{} engine (the
OpenType fonts not being usable with the latter engine, this is
not a criterion of choice anyhow).

To define math versions when using unicode fonts, use |fontspec|'s
\cs{setmainfont} before the \cs{Mathastext}\oarg{version} command, or simply
before loading \mst for the default math versions.

It is possible to mix Unicode fonts and classical \TeX{} fonts. But this is
definitely \emph{not} recommended as \mst decides once and for all at loading
time what should be (on the basis of \cs{encodindefault}) the font slot of
things such as the minus sign. So it is best to have either only Unicode
fonts, or only old-fashioned \TeX{} fonts in a fixed encoding (T1, or LY1 for
example).

\subsubsection{The unicodeminus option}

For legacy reason, \mst uses by default the |EN DASH U+2013| for the minus
sign in math mode, if the font is determined to be a ``Unicode'' font.

There is now the §unicodeminus§\RightNote{1.3q} to use rather
% BORDEL DE BORDEL DE FAIT CHIER \verb ET Text for \verb command ended by end
% of line. je l'ai patché dans etoc et xint mais pas ici encore.
|MINUS SIGN U+2212|.%
\footnote{Thanks to \textsc{Tobias~Brink} who asked for this feature.}
%
Check \hyperref[nicodeminus]{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font=189 its documentation}
on page \pageref{nicodeminus}.

\subsubsection{Two examples}

I include
here two examples which compiled successfully with \XeTeX{} and
\LuaLaTeX{}, the first one on a Linux machine, the second one on a Mac
OS X machine.\footnote{A |tex mathastext.dtx| (in a temporary repertory) on a
  copy of |kpsewhich mathastext.dtx| will extract extended versions of
  these examples as test files.}
\begin{verbatim}
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[hscale=0.8]{geometry}
\usepackage{multicol}
\usepackage[no-math]{fontspec}
\usepackage{lmodern}
\usepackage[subdued,italic]{mathastext}
\setmainfont[Color=999999]{Verdana}      \Mathastext[Verdana]
\setmainfont[Color=0000FF]{Arial}        \Mathastext[Arial]
\setmainfont[Color=00FF00]{DejaVu Serif} \Mathastext[DejaVu]
\MTDeclareVersion{times}{T1}{ptm}{m}{n}
\setmainfont[Color=FF0000]{Andale Mono}  \Mathastext[Andale]
\begin{document}
\newcommand\TEST[1]{\MTversion{#1}%
\begin{multicols}{2}
\hbox to\columnwidth{\hbox to\columnwidth{\hfil
                $abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz$\hfil}\kern-2.5em{#1}}
   \centerline{ $ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ$ }
   \centerline{ $0123456789$ }
   \centerline{ $!\,?\,*\,,\,.\,:\,;\,+\,-\,=\,(\,)\,[\,]\,/\,\#\,%
   \$\,\%\,\&\,<\,>\,|\,\{\,\}\,\backslash$ }
\columnbreak
   \centerline{ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz }
   \centerline{ ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ }
   \centerline{ 0123456789}
   \centerline{ !\,?\,*\,,\,.\,:\,;\,+\,-\,=\,(\,)\,[\,]\,/\,\#\,%
   \$\,\%\,\&\,<\,>\,|\,\{\,\}\,\char92 }
\end{multicols}}
\begin{multicols}{2} 
   \centerline{\textbf{math mode}} 
\columnbreak
   \centerline{ \textbf{text} }
\end{multicols}
\TEST{DejaVu}\TEST{Verdana}\TEST{times}\TEST{Andale}
\TEST{Arial}\TEST{bold}\TEST{normal}
\end{document}
\end{verbatim}
And now the same thing with fonts available on Mac OS X:
\begin{verbatim}
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[hscale=0.8]{geometry}
\usepackage{multicol}
\usepackage[no-math]{fontspec}
\usepackage{lmodern}
\usepackage[subdued,italic]{mathastext}
\setmainfont[Color=FF0000]{Hoefler Text}  \Mathastext[Hoefler]
\setmainfont[Color=336633]{American Typewriter}\Mathastext[Typewriter]
\setmainfont[Color=0000FF]{Herculanum}    \Mathastext[Herculanum]
\setmainfont[Color=FF00FF]{Didot}         \Mathastext[Didot]
\setmainfont[Color=999999]{Comic Sans MS} \Mathastext[Comic]
\begin{document}
   --- copy here the code from the previous example ---
\TEST{Didot}\TEST{Comic}\TEST{normal}\TEST{Herculanum}
\TEST{Hoefler}\TEST{Typewriter}\TEST{bold}
\end{document}
\end{verbatim}
% The test files which will be produced by running |latex| on
% |mathastext.dtx| are more extent.

\subsection{Compatibility issues}\label{sec:compat}

Compatibility issues (or just questions of who decides last) are naturally to
be expected with packages dealing with the math setting; the fix is simply to
load \mst last. And one should always load |amsmath| before \mst (this is
especially true when using Unicode engines but applies in general as well).

Any definition made in a package loaded before \mst of the font to be
used for letters or for the common characters in the |ascii| basic range
will be overruled by the loading of \mst (this includes the case
when the earlier package had made the character `mathematically active').
Conversely most of the set-up done by \mst may well be overruled by
packages loaded later which do math related things.

In case of a `too many math alphabets' message try the |defaultalphabets|
option or one of its |defaultnormal|, |defaulttt|, etc\dots sub-options.

Starting with version |1.2|, \mst makes some characters `mathematically
active' to achieve certain effects: automatic insertion of the italic
corrections when using an upright text font in math, extended scope of
the math alphabet commands which now apply to non-letter symbols (and
also to math operator names, but this is much easier to achieve). And
the (already mathematically active) right quote is modified to have some
extra space added before the derivative glyph ${}'$.

This is compatible with using \cs{label} and \cs{ref} in and outside of
math mode. But a difficulty arises when some other package has made the
character `globally active' everywhere in the document. The action of
\mst is made anew at each mathematical inline or displayed formula. If
it is detected that a character has been activated then nothing further
will be done (so the \mst feature\footnote{italic correction insertion
  for the latin letters, receptivity to the math alphabet action for the
  other characters.} for that character is lost) \emph{except} if it
appears that this activation was done by the Babel system. In that case
\mst does not make the character mathematically active but it modifies
in the appropriate manner the action of Babel for that character in math
mode. Furthermore \mst makes the character mathematically
\emph{inactive}.\footnote{only the characters
  {{;}\,{,}\,{:}\,{!}\,{?}\,{+}\,{\textendash}\,{=}\,{<}\,{>}\,{(}\,{)}\,{[}\,{]}\,*}
  mentioned in section \ref{sec:mathxx} as `difficult non letters' (and
  the right quote {'}) and
  the latin letters are concerned here; it seems highly unprobable that
  a latin letter ${\in}\{a\mbox{--}z,A\mbox{--}Z\}$ will have been made
  globally active (only letters never being used in command names are
  possible candidates), but \mst has been
  designed to cope with it, should it happen ...}

Here is indeed some code that you should \textbf{not} try at
home:
\begin{verbatim}
    \documentclass{article}
    \usepackage[french]{babel}
    \usepackage{mathtools}\mathtoolsset{centercolon}
    \begin{document}
    $:$
    \end{document}
\end{verbatim}
\fbox{DO NOT DO THIS AT HOME}\thinspace: it creates an infinite
loop.\footnote{This seems to still be the case with Babel |3.9f| and
  frenchb.ldf |2.6e|, as tested on Sep. 2, 2013. Again tested with up-to-date
  TL2015 Jan. 15, 2016 with same result.} This is due
to the fact that the colon is simultaneously active (this is made by
|babel+frenchb| at begin document) and mathematically active (done by
|mathtools| in the preamble). The interaction gives an infinite loop. Such a
situation will be cured by |mathastext|, even loaded before |mathtools|,
\emph{if} use is made of \cs{MTnonlettersobeymathxx}. At each math formula
\mst will detect that Babel has activated the colon, and will cancel the
mathematical activation (the precise definition done by |mathtools| was
already lost at begin document due to overwriting by |babel| but the fact that
the character was mathematically active remained true).



  So far I have briefly described the problem of document active
  characters (see the test file |mathastexttestalphabets.tex| for more
  explanations and illustrations,  and the commented source code of the
  package). Pure mathematical activation revealed an incompatibility of
  another type with |amsmath|. To fix it, \mst now replaces
  an inner macro of |amsmath|
  (\cs{resetMathstrut@}) with its own version.\\
  \null\hspace{1cm}\fbox{Always load |amsmath| before \mst.}\\
  Actually this last commandment was already made necessary by the use of the
  text endash to represent the minus sign in math mode, and, especially for
  Unicode engines, some aspects of the \cs{DeclareMathOperator} macro from
  |amsmath|.

  \begin{framed}\kern-.75\baselineskip
    \begin{framed}
      \textbf{Important!} As is mentioned in the section \ref{sec:mathxx},
      after command §\MTnonlettersobeymathxx§, characters such as
      |?|, or |[|, now represent \emph{two} `tokens' and this will utterly
      confuse \TeX{} if some precautions are not taken. Examples: |$0^+$| or
      |$x\mathrel?y$| or |$R^*$| \emph{must} be input now as |$0^{+}$|
      and, respectively, 
      |$x\mathrel{?}y$| or |$R^{*}$|. This is why the package does
      §\MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx§ by default.
    \end{framed}\vskip-.75\baselineskip
  \end{framed}
  One thing to take note of is that this mechanism uses the \cs{everymath}
  and \cs{everydisplay}, so if it is needed to add to these \TeX{} `token
  lists' some additional things this should be done in a way preserving the
  former contents.

  If one issues (after |\begin{document}|) |\everymath={}| and
    |\everydisplay={}| this annihilates not only all the \mst (evil ?) doings
    with math active characters but also everything else some other package
    might have put in these token registers, so it is better, if the need
    arises to cancel the math activation of characters done by \mst to use the
    command §\MTeverymathoff§, which does all of
    §\MTmathoperatorsdonotobeymathxx§, §\MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx§ (already
    default), §\MTmathstandardletters§, §\MTnormalprime§, and
    §\MTnormalasterisk§. This is supposed to be used in a group or
    environment (as there is no |\MTactivemathon|). It must be used prior to
    entering math mode.

    \begin{framed}
      \textcolor{magenta}{\bfseries New with 1.3i:} \mst patches |\url| of
      packages |url| and |hyperref|, and also |\nolinkurl|, to force them
      to do automatically §\MTeverymathoff§. Indeed they use math mode, and it
      is better to turn \mst off for their dealings.
    \end{framed}
   
\section{Package options and commands}

\subsection{Summary of main options}
   \begin{description}
\item[{§italic§, §frenchmath§}:] italic letters in
math, upright uppercase if §frenchmath§.
 \item[{§subdued§}:] acts in a subdued way. The \LaTeX{} normal and bold
 math versions are left (quasi) unchanged. With version |1.15e| of
 the package this statement applies also to the math alphabets
 \cs{mathbf}, \cs{mathit}, \cs{mathsf}, and \cs{mathtt} (and not
 only to \cs{mathnormal} and \cs{mathrm} as in previous versions.)
\item[{§LGRgreek§, §eulergreek§, §symbolgreek§}:] the
  Greek letters will be taken, respectively from the
  text font itself (in |LGR| encoding), or from the Euler
  font, or from the Postscript Symbol font.
\item[{§symbolmax§}:] all characters
  other than letters and digits, are taken from the
  Symbol font. This option also makes a number of
  further glyphs available, such as some basic
  mathematical arrows, and the sum and product
  signs. For documents with very simple needs in
  mathematical symbols, \mst with option
  §symbolmax§ may give in the end a PDF file quite
  smaller than the one one would get without the
  package.
\item[{§defaultmathsizes§}:] \mst sets up bigger sizes
for subscripts (it also copies code from the |moresize| package to redefine
  \cs{Huge} and define \cs{HUGE}). Use this option to prevent it from
  doing so.
\item[{§defaultalphabets§}:] by default, \mst redeclares the math
  alphabets \cs{mathrm}, \cs{mathit}, \cs{mathtt} etc\dots{} (but not
  \cs{mathcal} of course) to refer to the current document text fonts (at the
  time of loading the package and in each \mst math version). Use
  this option to prevent it from doing so (each alphabet also has
  its own disabling option).
\end{description}

\subsection{Miscellaneous}

\begin{description}
\item[the en-dash as minus sign:] very often the -
  character from the text font does not give a good
  minus sign. So by default, the package uses the
  en-dash sign \textendash{}. Use §noendash§ to
  deactivate it. Starting with version |1.12| of the
  package this `en-dash as minus' should work in all
  encodings, including Unicode (if |fontspec| has been
  loaded).

\item[amsmath:] \strut the behaviour of the
  \cs{DeclareMathOperator}\RLNote{changed:}{1.3n} command
  of |amsmath| is modified by \mst for it to use the correct font.
  Additionally, release |1.3n| of \mst at long last also handles an extra
  operation done by |amsmath| for |'.:/-*| to be used in operator names
  without the extra math spacing.%
%
\footnote{To the experts: there is a long story here that \cs{newmcodes@}
  hardcodes the font, that it was not compatible with Unicode engines, that
  during some time (2013-2016) \texttt{lualatex-math} fixed that and very
  recently |amsopn.sty 2016/03/08 v2.02| also, so now \texttt{lualatex-math
    1.6} does nothing as it is already fixed ``upstream'' in |amsopn.sty|, but
  anyhow in both cases, this still hardcoded the font, so finally \mst does
  the right thing from its point of view. See the code comments for more,
  there is an issue here with \LuaLaTeX not applying the curly right quote
  contrarily to \XeLaTeX.}
%
This customization is suppressed in §subdued§ mode for the |normal| and |bold|
math versions.

\item[hbar:] the definition of \cs{hbar} inherited from
  default \LaTeX{} will in our context make use of the
  |h| of the current math font (so for us, it is also
  the text font, perhaps in italic shape), but the bar
  accross the |h| will come from the original default
  math font for letters (usually |cmmi|), and
  furthermore its placement on the |h| can be
  odd-looking. So we redefine \cs{hbar} to use only the
  text font (and this will be aware of the §italic§
  option). Our construction does not always give an
  optimal result (and its scope is limited to the |OT1|,
  |LY1| and |T1| encodings), so an option §nohbar§
  deactivates it. There is no \cs{hslash} provided by
  the package, though. The version |1.12| of the
  package when dealing with a Unicode font tries to get
  the \cs{hbar} directly as a glyph from the font.


\item[dotless i and j:] by default the package redefines
  \cs{i} and \cs{j} to give the dotless i and j (if it
  exists at all), \emph{also in math mode,} in the text
  font. Will overwrite the default commands \cs{imath}
  and \cs{jmath}. In version |1.12| of the package this
  should work in all encodings, including Unicode (it
  is then assumed that |fontspec| has been loaded, and
  of course that the glyphs are indeed in the font).

\item[asterisk:] versions of \mst earlier than |1.2d [2013/01/02]|
  did not do anything
  with the \cs{ast} control sequence but did pick the asterisk
  $*$ in the document text font, and this often was a rather
  silly thing as the text asterisk is generally in a raised
  position. Furthermore, the $*$ lost its status of a binary
  operator and was treated as an `ordinary' symbol. An option
  |noasterisk| turned this feature off. Starting with |1.2d|,
  the |noasterisk| option is deprecated and the new default is
  to do nothing. But when option §asterisk§ is received by the
  package, then both \cs{ast} and $*$ are simultaneously
  modified to use (as binary operators) the text asterisk,
  slightly lowered. The amount of lowering\footnote{with the
    option \texttt{symbolmisc}, the asterisk is picked from
    the Symbol font, and the amount of lowering is
    non-customizable; however if a math alphabet command is
    used, the asterisk is then again from a text font and the
    lowering will be as specified by \cs{MTlowerast}.} is
  decided by the mandatory argument to the command
  \csb{MTlowerast}\marg{dimen}. The package initially does
  \cs{MTlowerast}|{.3\height}|. Doing \cs{MTlowerast}|{.5ex}| is
  not a good idea as it does not scale properly in the script
  and scriptscript styles. With an argument given as a
  multiple of |\height|, the asterisk will behave as expected
  in subscripts and subscripts of subscripts. But $*$ is now
  `mathematically active'\thinspace\footnote{in a hopefully
    safe way, for example {\ttfamily\$\string\label\{eq*1\}\$}
    is ok.} and |$R^*$| or |$R^\ast$| \emph{must} be input as
  |$R^{*}$| and |$R^{\ast}$|. Furthermore, they will obey the
  math alphabet commands.

\item[\XeTeX{} and \LuaLaTeX{}:] for the en-dash and the dotless i and j, the
  package expects to detect either the |fontspec| encodings EU1 (\XeTeX), EU2
  (\LuaLaTeX), or TU\RightNote{1.3l} (both), or one of |OT1|, |LY1| or |T1|,
    else it will renounce and not attempt to access the en-dash (or the
    Unicode minus) and the dotless i and j glyphs. With \LaTeX{} and
    Pdf\LaTeX{}, there is no such limitation and all 8bit-encodings
    (containing these glyphs) should be ok.

 \item[fontspec:] one more note to users of
\XeTeX{}/\LuaLaTeX{} with |fontspec|: it has to be
loaded {with the option} |no-math|, 
{and before} \mst.

\item[vec accent:] The default \cs{vec} accent is not
  appropriate for upright letters, so  \mst
  provides a \cs{fouriervec} which takes its glyph in a
  Fourier font, and an Ersatz \cs{pmvec} 
  which is reasonably good looking on upright letters
  and works with the \cs{rightarrow} glyph. Contrarily
  to version |1.0|, the default \cs{vec} is not
  overwritten with \cs{fouriervec}. And contrarily to
  version |1.1|, one now needs to pass the option
  §fouriervec§ to have the math accent \cs{fouriervec}
  defined by the package.%
%
\footnote{this costs a math family, as I never came back to this to try to
  do otherwise.}


\item[math alphabets:] 
  \begin{itemize}
  \item We define a new math alphabet command
    \cs{mathnormalbold} which gives direct access to
    the bold version of the \cs{mathnormal} alphabet
    (rather than using either the \cs{bm} command from
    the |bm| package or the \cs{boldsymbol} command
    from the |amsbsy| package). As it does not
    exist in the default \LaTeX{} math font set-up, this
    alphabet is \emph{not} subjected to the {subdued option} action.
  \item The other math alphabet changing commands
    defined by the package are \cs{MathEulerBold},
    \cs{MathEuler} and \cs{MathPSymbol}.
  \item \cs{mathnormal}, \cs{mathrm}, \cs{mathbf},
  \cs{mathit}, \cs{mathsf} and \cs{mathtt} are modified
  to make reference to the document text fonts (this
  can be disabled by suitable package options).
\item version |1.2| of \mst has extended the scope of the math
  alphabets to apply to non-alphabetical characters and to
  operator names. This respects the automatic white spaces
  added by \TeX{} around math symbols.
\item the\RightNote{1.3i}
  extra skips around letters (see \autoref{sec:mathskips} and
  \autoref{sec:ic}) are removed in the scope of the math alphabets.
  \end{itemize}

\item[math accents:] an option §mathaccents§ is
  provided to pick up the accents in math mode from the
  text font, but the package knows only |T1|, |LY1| or
  |OT1|-compatible encodings.
 
\end{description}

Regarding the encoding-dependent glyphs: the en-dash, the
dotless i and j, the math accents, the hbar, are encoding
dependent and the relevant decisions are made once by \mst at
the time it is loaded and are applied to all declared math
versions. So you can use math versions with different
encodings but, regarding these characters only those with the
same encoding as the normal math version will display them
correctly.

\begin{framed}
  It is thus recommended that all declared mathastext math
  versions use the same font encoding.
\end{framed}

% 2 septembre 2013; finalisé 22:58
\makeatletter
\def\@jfendshrtverb #1#2§{\@ifundefined{FLAG#2}%
             {\color{blue}\ttfamily #1#2\endgroup
              \global\@namedef{FLAG#2}{}\label{#2}}%
             {\hyperref[#2]{\ttfamily #1#2}\endgroup}}
\makeatother

\subsection{Commands}

A few preliminary comments, mainly destined to advanced users aware of some
\TeX\ innards (more extensive explanations are to be found in the code
comments).

The timing for actions of \mst falls into three cases:

\begin{enumerate}
\item things done during the loading of the package, or delayed to
  |\AtBeginDocument|,
\item things done as the result of user commands, either in the preamble or in
  the body of the document,
\item things done everytime math mode is entered.
\end{enumerate}

The second category overlaps with the others, as the (preamble) use of some
commands can have either immediate effect or only trigger some actions in
|\AtBeginDocument| or perhaps only influence the things done later by \mst
each time math mode is entered.

The third category deserves some brief additional comments: it mainly (but not
exclusively) regards the ``math activation'' of characters, and conversely all
``math activations'' fall into this category. The package re-checks each time
math mode is entered if some characters have been made in-between catcode
active, or math active, and takes appropriate decisions: one important aspect
of this issue is that |babel|'s mechanism for activating character was not, last
time I checked, very robust against math active characters. I now checked
again (on January 15, 2016) that
\begin{verbatim}
    \documentclass{article}
    \usepackage[french]{babel}
    \usepackage{mathtools}\mathtoolsset{centercolon}
    \begin{document}
    $:$
    \end{document}
\end{verbatim}
creates an infinite loop (see section \ref{sec:compat} where this was
mentioned already, some years ago). Thus \mst has (since |1.2e 2013/01/10|) a
somewhat elaborate mechanism related to these issues (see the code comments),
installed into the list of things done by \TeX\ systematically each time
it enters math mode. For some legacy reason the package also puts into
this list a few other things which could arguably be done elsewhere once and
for all. The command \csb{MTeverymathoff} cancels all such actions done by
\mst each time math mode is entered.


\newsavebox\boite

\subsubsection{Preamble-only commands}
These commands mainly facilitate the definition of math versions, in a \mst
extended sense. It is not necessary to use them to activate the package
basic functionalities, as loading \mst is enough (except with the |subdued|
option). 
\begin{enumerate}[label=$\bullet$, leftmargin=1em]
\item §\Mathastext§ (or §\mathastext§) reinitializes \mst: it sets the
  fonts used in math mode (in versions |normal| and |bold|) for letters,
  digits and a few ascii symbols to the \emph{current} defaults of encoding,
  family, series and shape.\footnote{\texttt{\char92Mathastext} updates also
    the font and shapes for the Greek letters (|LGRgreek| option), and the
    skips to be inserted after the symbols $\oldforall$ and $\oldexists$,
    see \emph{infra.}} Both the normal and bold math version are modified by
  this action of §\Mathastext§.
  \begin{enumerate}[label=$\bullet$]
  \item \textbf{math versions:} 
    \csb{Mathastext} accepts an optional argument \oarg{name}. With
    this (within square brackets) argument, rather than redefining the
    fonts for math mode, §\Mathastext§ declares a new \emph{math version}, and
    it is this 
    math version which will use the then current text font in math
    mode.\footnote{The allowed version names are as for 
      the \LaTeX{} \cs{DeclareMathVersion} macro. \emph{Do not use}
        |\string\Mathastext[foo]| \emph{with
        |foo| equal to ``normal'' or ``bold'';} this is already taken care of by the
      initial loading of the package or a later command \cs{Mathastext}
      without any optional argument.}
  \item \textbf{inheritance:} starting\RightNote{1.3c} with version |1.3c| a second optional
    argument \oarg{other\_version} will transfer its set-up for things not
    affected by \mst action, like large symbols, to the declared math
    version whose name was given as first optional argument. The main use
    will be with |[bold]| in order for the symbols and large symbols to be
    typeset as in the |bold| math version. For example, this document has in
    its preamble:\hfill\break\begingroup\small
    \begin{lrbox}{\boite}|\usepackage{newcent}% this package makes New Century the roman font|\end{lrbox}\rlap{\usebox{\boite}}\hfill\break
    |\Mathastext[newcent]% this math version will use New Century|\hfill\break
    |\MTseries{b}        % next \Mathastext will use a bold font|\hfill\break
    \begin{lrbox}{\boite}|\Mathastext[boldnewcent][bold]% large symbols, etc, will be bold too|\end{lrbox}\rlap{\usebox{\boite}}\hfill\break\endgroup
    We can check that it does work:
    \centeredline{|\MTversion{newcent}:|\MTversion{newcent}
      $abcde\displaystyle\ointop\bigvee\biguplus\bigotimes\bigoplus$}
    \centeredline{|\MTversion{boldnewcent}:|\MTversion{boldnewcent}
      $abcde\displaystyle\ointop\bigvee\biguplus\bigotimes\bigoplus$}
    Naturally, for this one needs an initial math font setup with some nice
    bold fonts also for large symbols. This is the case with the excellent
    |txfonts| package of \textsc{Young~Ryu}. As the present document must
    use many fonts and declares many math alphabets, we did not load the full
    package and fonts but only the |largesymbols|:\hfill\break
    |\DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbols}{OMX}{txex}{m}{n}|\hfill\break
    |\SetSymbolFont{largesymbols}{bold}{OMX}{txex}{bx}{n}|\hfill\break
    |\DeclareFontSubstitution{OMX}{txex}{m}{n}|
  \end{enumerate}

  \item §\Mathastext§ may be preceded optionally by one or
    more of\footnote{these commands exist also with
    long names: \texttt{\char92Mathastextencoding},
    etc\dots{} The same applies to the other commands
    mentioned in this section.}
    §\MTencoding§\marg{enc},
    §\MTfamily§\marg{fam},
    §\MTseries§\marg{ser},
    §\MTshape§\marg{sh}, and §\MTlettershape§\marg{sh}. For
    example valid values are, respectively, \meta{T1},
    \meta{phv}, \meta{m}, \meta{n}, and \meta{it}: this
    is the Helvetica font in T1-encoding, regular
    (medium) series, upright shape, and the letters
    will be in italic shape. Once used their effect applies to all
    succeeding calls to \cs{Mathastext}, and can only be undone by using
    them again.

  \item
    §\MTWillUse§\oarg{ltsh}\marg{enc}\marg{fam}\marg{ser}\marg{sh}
    tells \mst to use the font with the
    specified encoding, family, series, and shape for
    the letters and digits (and all other afflicted
    characters) in math mode. The optional argument
    \meta{ltsh} specifies a shape for the letters, for
    example \cs{itdefault}, or directly \meta{it} or
    \meta{sc}. 
  
\item  §\MTDeclareVersion§\oarg{ltsh}\marg{name}\marg{enc}\marg{fam}\marg{ser}\marg{sh}\oarg{other\_version}:
  declares that the document will have access to the font
  with the specified characteristics, under the math version name
  \meta{name}. For example:
  \centeredline{|\MTDeclareVersion[sc]{palatino}{T1}{ppl}{b}{sl}|}
  declares under the name |palatino| a version where
  mathematics will be typeset using the Palatino font in
  T1-encoding, bold, slanted, and the letters will in fact be
  in caps and small caps (and bold).\footnote{I do not
  especially recommend to use this in real life!} When the initial
  optional argument is absent, and \mst was loaded
  with the \blueit{italic} option, then the default letter shape
  will be |it|,\footnote{more precisely, the shape is the
  latest value passed in one of the previously used package
  commands to specify the shape of letters, or the \cs{itdefault}
  of the time of loading the package.}  else letters will
  have the same shape as used for digits and operator-names.

  Another optional argument may be used as last argument.\RightNote{1.3c}
  Similarly as its
  use with §\Mathastext§ this makes the declared math version inherit, for
  things not modified by \mst like large symbols, the font set up of the math
  version whose name was passed as optional argument (typical use will be
  with |[bold]|).

\item §\MTboldvariant§\marg{var}: when used before §\Mathastext§,
  specifies which bold
  (|b|, |sb|, |bx|, \dots) to be used by \cs{mathbf} (and
  \cs{boldmath}). Default is the \cs{bfdefault} at the time of
  loading \mst. When used before the declaration
  of a version, decides the way \cs{mathbf} will act in this version.
\item §\MTEulerScale§\marg{factor}: scales the Euler font by
  \meta{factor}.
\item §\MTSymbolScale§\marg{factor}: scales the Symbol font by
  \meta{factor}.
\item §\MTitgreek§, §\MTupgreek§, §\MTitGreek§, §\MTupGreek§:
optional commands, active only in
the case of the \blueit{LGRgreek} option, to decide the shape of the
Greek letters in the versions which will be declared next. 
 \item §\MTgreekfont§\marg{fontfamily}: optional command with a mandatory
 argument which specifies the font for Greek letters in all \mst math
 versions declared afterwards via \cs{Mathastext} or \cs{MTDeclareVersion}. Only effective with \blueit{LGRgreek} option.
\end{enumerate}

\subsubsection{Commands usable only outside of math mode}\label{sec:cmdsoutmath}

They are usable only from outside math mode because they act via turning on
or off the execution, each time math mode is entered, of certain macros added
by \mst to the \cs{everymath} and \cs{everydisplay} token list variables.

\begin{enumerate}[label=$\bullet$, leftmargin=1em]

\item §\MTmathactiveletters§: activates the `math activation' of Latin
  letters. This is done by the package during loading, except under the
  |subdued| option.\footnote{\CHANGED{1.3j}Formerly, it was also executed
    from each \cs{Mathastext} in the preamble.} It is again executed in the
  body at each \cs{MTversion}, except under the |subdued| option when
  switching to the \emph{normal} or \emph{bold} math versions.

  The letters are made mathematically active\footnote{the |mathcode|'s are
    only modified at the time of execution of \cs{everymath},
    \cs{everydisplay}.} to insert the extra skips as specified by
  \csb{MTsetmathskips} (see section \ref{sec:mathskips}), and also possibly
  the italic corrections when using upright fonts (see section \ref{sec:ic}).

\item §\MTmathstandardletters§: cancels the `math activation' of the letters.
  Must be re-issued after each \csb{MTversion}, but see
  \csb{MTeverymathdefault}.

\item §\MTicinmath§: this command is executed by default by \mst except in
  case of option |subdued| or if the user chosen letter shape is oblique (|it|
  or |sl|). It tells \mst to add italic corrections after all letters in math
  mode, except within the scope of math alphabets.\footnote{\CHANGED{1.3i}%
Formerly, italic corrections were added to the (non-oblique) letters of
    \cs{mathnormal} arguments.}

  This command and the next ones in this item can be used in the preamble as
  well as in the body of the document (in case of |subdued| option, using the
  commands from within the preamble will remain without effect, as the
  document body will start in the subdued normal math version anyhow.) But
  each \cs{MTversion} in the body will re-emit \cs{MTicinmath} (in case of
  non-oblique letter shape), except if the
  |subdued| option was used and the chosen math version is \emph{normal} or
  \emph{bold}.

  The effect of this and the other commands of this item is local to the group
  or environment in which it has been issued.

{\footnotesize

  It may theoretically be used from inside math mode, but the included
  §\MTmathactiveletters§ will have an effect only if issued prior to
  entering math mode.

  §\MTnoicinmath§: this command deactivates the package added
  italic corrections. It can be used inside as well as outside
  of math mode (or in the preamble of the document).

  §\MTICinmath§, §\MTnoICinmath§: these commands activate the italic
  corrections only for the uppercase letters (but recall that \cs{MTicinmath}
  is done by default, thus this will typically have to follow
  \cs{MTnoicinmath}.)

% obsolète 1.3i
  % Following some decision of the package author whose rationale has been
  % forgotten, afer \cs{MTICinmath} italic corrections for uppercase letters in
  % arguments to all math alphabets (\emph{i.e.} also \cs{mathnormal}) are
  % suppressed (with \cs{MTicinmath} the italic corrections are suppressed
  % inside the scope of math alphabets \emph{except} \cs{mathnormal}.)
  % No italic corrections are explicitely added inside arguments of math
  % alphabets.

 §\MTicalsoinmathxx§: this command de-activates the de-activation of
  the italic corrections inside the arguments to the math alphabet
  commands. 
% apart from \cs{mathnormal}. 
  It can be issued inside as well as outside of math mode. Will be effective
  only if §\MTicinmath§ or §\MTICinmath§ is in force.
% obsolète 1.3i
    % \footnote{it is provided
    % for the \mst defined math alphabet \cs{mathnormalbold} which
    % contrarily to \cs{mathnormal} is not treated apart from the other
    % math alphabets.}
  To cancel its effect either enclose it in a group or
    environment or re-issue §\MTicinmath§ after it.

}

\item §\MTnormalasterisk§, §\MTactiveasterisk§: the latter will use for |*|
  and |\ast| the text font asterisk, suitably lowered; the former tells \mst
  to not modify the \LaTeX\ default. Both are no-op without option
  §asterisk§.

\item §\MTeasynonlettersobeymathxx§, §\MTeasynonlettersdonotobeymathxx§: the
  former is done by default, it makes characters \verb+.+, \verb+/+, \verb+|+,
  \verb+\+, \verb+#+, \verb+$+, \verb+%+, and \verb+&+
  (if not excluded by package options) obey math alphabet commands. See also
  section \ref{sec:mathxx}. This functionality does \emph{not} make the
  characters ``math active'' (but it does modify |\mathcode|'s, naturally).

\item §\MTnonlettersobeymathxx§, §\MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx§: the former
  will make (except if excluded by relevant package options) \verb|!|,
  \verb|?|, \verb|,|, \verb|:|, \verb|;|, \verb|+|, \verb|-|, \verb|=|,
  \verb|(|, \verb|)|, \verb|[|, \verb|]|, \verb|<|, and \verb|>| obey the math
  alphabet commands (when not used as delimiters). These characters are made
  ``math active'', and each one now expands to two
  tokens. This makes for example |$a^!$| illegal input and
  it will have to be coded |$a^{!}$|. Hence, by default, the package does
  §\MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx§.

  {\footnotesize 
§\MTexplicitbracesobeymathxx§ extends an earlier §\MTnonlettersobeymathxx§
  to also treat  \verb|\{| and \verb|\}|. But then |\left\{|, |\right\}| must
  be coded |\left\lbrace|, |\right\rbrace| rather. There is also
  §\MTexplicitbracesdonotobeymathxx§.\par}

\item \RightNote{1.3j}§\MTnormalprime§, §\MTprimedoesskip§: the latter (done by default if not
  |subdued|, and also on each use of \csb{MTversion} in the body of the document
  except for the |subdued| \emph{normal} and \emph{bold} math version)
  makes it so that $'$ takes into account the math glue as specified by
  \csb{MTprimeskip}. The former is its opposite. In all cases the right quote
  |'| is a mathematically active character producing ${}'$ as is the default
  in \TeX, it is only its meaning which changes to include or not an extra
  skip. For some (legacy) reason, this change of meaning is done anew
  by \mst each time math mode is entered. The commands of this item are thus
  no-op from inside math mode.


\item \RightNote{1.3j}§\MTeverymathdefault§: this hook is executed by
  \csb{MTversion}\marg{version\_name}, except under option |subdued|
  when switching to the \emph{normal} or \emph{bold} math versions. Its
  default meaning is:
\begin{verbatim}
    \MTactiveasterisk % this has no effect without option asterisk
    \MTprimedoesskip  % this makes prime glyph obey extra space
    \MTeasynonlettersobeymathxx
    \MTicinmath       % this does \MTmathactiveletters, hence also skips from
                      % \MTsetmathskips are obeyed.
    \MTfixfonts       % only operant under LuaLaTeX.
\end{verbatim}
  {\footnotesize Notice that under |subdued| option, switching to the
    \emph{normal} or \emph{bold} version does \csb{MTeverymathoff} which
    includes \cs{MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx}. But the default
    §\MTeverymathdefault§ which is issued when going back to a
    non-\emph{normal} or \emph{bold} math version doesn't do
    \cs{MTnonlettersobeymathxx}. It is up to the user to correct this if
    needed (no issue without |subdued| option).


Notice also that \csb{MTversion}\marg{version\_name}, except for \emph{normal}
or \emph{bold} if |subdued| does \csb{MTforalldoesskip} and
\csb{MTexistsdoesskip}, which are not included in \cs{MTeverymathdefault}
actions as they are not related to \cs{everymath} and \cs{everydisplay}.\par}

\item \RightNote{1.3j}§\MTeverymathoff§: does §\MTnormalasterisk§,
  §\MTnormalprime§, §\MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx§,
  §\MTeasynonlettersdonotobeymathxx§, §\MTmathstandardletters§ and
  §\MTdonotfixfonts§.

  {\footnotesize \RightNote{1.3i}The commands
    |\url/\nolinkurl| of package |hyperref| and |url| from |url.sty| (which
    use math mode under the hood) are patched by \mst to do §\MTeverymathoff§
    automatically: this is needed because \mst modifies anew some mathcodes
    \emph{each time math mode is entered,} hence may overwrite to some extent
    the specific preparation done by |{url,hyperref}.sty|.
        % {\parfillskip0pt\hfill
        % \rlap{\kern10pt\textcolor{magenta}{\bfseries New! (1.3i)}}\par}

    Automatically done by \csb{MTversion} under option |subdued|
    if switching to the \emph{normal} or \emph{bold} math versions; and
    \csb{MTversion} then does also \csb{MTnormalexists} and
    \csb{MTnormalforall}.
\par}

\small

\item \RightNote{1.3o}§\MTfixfonts§: this is operant only under
  \LuaLaTeX{}. It has the effect that each time math mode is entered macro
  \csb{MTfixmathfonts} will be executed. The latter forces so-called |base|
  mode for the used text font in math mode, in an effort to (only partially,
  see code comments) fix the fact that OpenType features such as Lining
  Figures were in some cases not being applied in math mode when one uses text
  fonts there (text fonts are declared by \LuaTeX+|luaotfload| to use |node|
  mode, which is non-functional in math.) It is invoked automatically by the
  package (except for |normal| and |bold| math versions under §subdued§
  option), and in normal situations, there is no reason to use it directly.

% pas envie de perdre mon temps là-dessus. D'ailleurs peut-être déjà pour
% commencer bm ne fonctionne pas avec fontes OpenType.

% Notice (not tested) that package |bm| is presumably not compatible.

\item \RightNote{1.3o}§\MTdonotfixfonts§: cancels the job of
  |\MTfixfonts|. Done automatically in §subdued§ mode when in the |normal| or
  |bold| math version; in normal contexts, there is no reason to use this
  command. Only operant under \LuaLaTeX.

\end{enumerate}

\footnotesize

\subsubsection{Commands usable only in math mode}\label{sec:mathonlycmds}

%\begin{enumerate}
%\item
\RightNote{1.3p}§\MTfixmathfonts§: this used to be an inner macro
  but it is given a public name by |1.3p| because I discovered that
  |$..\hbox{\mathversion{foo}$..$}..$| causes an
  issue and one needs to invoke again \cs{MTfixmathfonts} \emph{after} the
  \verb|\hbox|, for some reason. To be used \emph{only} under \LuaLaTeX{} and only for
  such rare cases where it may be needed.
%\end{enumerate}

\normalsize

\subsubsection{Commands usable everywhere}\label{sec:cmds}

\begin{enumerate}[label=$\bullet$, leftmargin=1em]

\DeleteShortVerb{\|}%

\item §\MTsetmathskips§\marg{a-z|A-Z}\marg{muglue\_before}\marg{muglue\_after}:
  \MakeShortVerb{\|}is\RightNote{1.3a} used to specify extra skips (or rather mu glue) to be
  inserted in math mode, before and after a letter. The rationale is that
  standard text fonts used in math mode may sometimes cause glyph (near-)
  collisions with math symbols, as \TeX{} has some implicit expectations on the
  design of fonts for math letters. 

  \begin{framed}
    These extra skips around letters are set at their natural width and do not
    add any stretchability or shrinkability to the math formula as a whole,
    nor do they result in extra potential break points.
  \end{framed}
  
  Random (silly) examples:
  \centeredline{|\MTsetmathskips{x}{\medmuskip}{\thickmuskip}|} \centeredline
  {|\MTsetmathskips{A}{.5mu}{2.3mu}|} and the effect:
  \begingroup\MTversion{italic}\MTsetmathskips{x}{\medmuskip}{\thickmuskip}%
             \MTsetmathskips{A}{.5mu}{2.3mu}%
  $vwxyzABC^{vwxyzABC}$\endgroup. The effect obeys the usual \LaTeX{} scoping
  rules.

  The first argument of §\MTsetmathskips§ may be any expandable code giving a
  letter; this facilitates use of |\MTsetmathskip| in |\@for| loops such as
  this one:
\begin{verbatim}
\makeatletter
\@for\@tempa:=a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j,k,l,m,n,o,p,q,r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z\do{%
              \MTsetmathskips{\@tempa}{2mu}{2mu}}%
\makeatother
\end{verbatim}

  \begin{framed}
    \emph{\color{magenta}\bfseries Starting with |v1.3i|:} the extra skips are
    \emph{not} applied to the letters within the scope of math alphabet
    commands, or the letters from operator names (pre-defined or user
    declared).
  \end{framed}

{\footnotesize
  Note that contrarily to the \csb{MTexistsskip}, \csb{MTforallskip}, and
  \csb{MTprimeskip} commands described next, these extra skips (which may be
  specified in the preamble) are not recorded in the definition of the math
  version (as defined via §\Mathastext§ with its optional argument or via
  §\MTDeclareVersion§). The declared skips hold thoughout the document
  until modified or canceled, independently of math versions (of
  course, \mst cancels the skips in the normal and bold math versions if
  package option \blueit{subdued} was used).\par}

\DeleteShortVerb{\|}

\item §\MTunsetmathskips§\marg{a-z|A-Z}: \MakeShortVerb{\|} cancels the skips 
  for that letter (they are not set to |0mu| but completely removed).


  % setting the skips to |0mu| which prevents formation of ligatures
  % when the letter is used inside a \cs{mathbf} for example). Example (using a
  % version with upright Latin Modern): \centeredline
  % {|\MTsetmathskips{f}{8mu}{0mu}$gffg\MTunsetmathskips{f}ff\mathbf{ff}$|}
  % gives: \begingroup\MTversion{upright}%
  % \MTsetmathskips{f}{8mu}{0mu}$gffg\MTunsetmathskips{f}ff\mathbf{ff}$\endgroup.
  % The ligature was correctly formed.

  The argument may be a macro (or any expandable code) expanding to a letter.


\item §\MTexistsskip§\marg{math glue}: specifies the amount of skip or more
  generally glue to put after each $\oldexists$ math symbol. Indeed, upright
  letters (or digits for that matter) often appear to be positioned a bit too
  close to the quantifier: $\oldexists\mathrm{B}$. The package default is to
  add a |1mu| skip (this default is set to zero in the case of |italic|):
  $\oldexists\mskip 1mu\mathrm{B}$. One can change the default with the
  following syntax: |\MTexistsskip{2mu plus 1mu minus 1mu}|, which if used in
  the preamble and followed with a \csb{Mathastext} command (or
  \csb{MTDeclareVersion}), will be recorded in the definition of this math
  version (and subsequent ones). One may also use the command at any time in
  the document. In the case of the option |subdued|, the skip is canceled in
  the \emph{normal} and \emph{bold} math versions.\footnote{\CHANGED{1.3j}%
Formerly, it was set to |0mu|.} In the case of the option |italic|, the
  default skip is set to zero.

\item \RightNote{1.3j}§\MTnormalexists§, §\MTexistsdoesskip§: the
  latter (done by default if not |subdued|, and also on each use of
  |\MTversion| in the body of the document) makes it so that $\oldexists$
  takes into account the math glue as specified by \csb{MTexistsskip}. The
  former is its opposite.

\item §\MTforallskip§\marg{math glue}: the default is to add a |.6667mu| math
  skip after each $\oldforall$ (except with the option |italic| for which the
  default skip is set to zero). Compare $\oldforall\mskip.6667mu\mathrm{F}$
  (has the skip) with $\oldforall\mathrm{F}$ (has no skip). Use this command
  in the preamble to set up the skip or glue to be used in the \emph{next to
    be declared} math versions. In the case of the option |subdued|, the skip
  is canceled in the \emph{normal} and \emph{bold} math
  versions.\footnote{\CHANGED{1.3j}Formerly, it was set to |0mu|.} In the
  case of the option |italic|, the default skip is zero for all math versions.
  One may use the command at any location in the document.

\item \RightNote{1.3j}§\MTnormalforall§, §\MTforalldoesskip§: the
  latter (done by default if not |subdued|, and also on each use of
  |\MTversion| in the body of the document) makes it so that $\oldforall$
  takes into account the math glue as specified by \csb{MTforallskip}. The
  former is its opposite.

\item §\MTprimeskip§\marg{math glue}: the default is to add a |0.5mu| skip
  before the derivative glyph, except for the |italic| option. In the case of
  the option |subdued|, the skip is canceled in the \emph{normal} and
  \emph{bold} math versions.\footnote{\CHANGED{1.3j}Formerly, it was set to
    |0mu|.}

% obsolete et même faux avec 1.3j
% \footnote{if \cs{begin\{document\}} is not followed
%     with \cs{MTversion\{normal\}}, the latest values set in the preamble by
%     these commands are used at the beginning of the document,
%     even under option \texttt{subdued}.}

\item §\MTlowerast§\marg{dimen}: a \cs{raisebox} command is
  used to lower the text asterisk to produce a reasonable math
  asterisk. The package uses this command initially with
  argument |0.3\height|, this will have to be fine-tuned for
  each given text font but worked out ok with the fonts we
  tried. Note that the dimension argument will be used also in
  sub-scripts and sub-sub-scripts, so it is best not to use an
  absolute dimension.

\item §\MTmathoperatorsobeymathxx§, §\MTmathoperatorsdonotobeymathxx§: the
  former is done by default, it makes operator names obey math alphabets. See
  also section \ref{sec:mathxx}. This functionality \emph{does
    {\normalfont\bfseries not} rely}
  on ``math active characters''. Automatically issued by each \cs{MTversion},
  except under option |subdued| when switching to \emph{normal} or \emph{bold}.

  \item §\MTcustomgreek§:\RightNote{1.3d} in case \mst has been loaded with one of its
    Greek related options, this activates the corresponding
    customization of Greek letters in math mode. It is issued
    automatically by the package in the preamble (except if loaded with
    |subdued| option) and at each switch of math version via
    |\MTversion| or |\MTversion*| (except for the normal and bold math
    versions in subdued mode). Also available as
    |\Mathastextcustomgreek|. May be used even inside of math mode.

  \item §\MTstandardgreek§:\RightNote{1.3d} in case \mst was loaded with one of the Greek
    related options this command reverts the customization, it resets the Greek
    letters to their definitions in force at package loading time. Can be used
    in the preamble, but is mainly for the document body (may even be used
    inside math mode ...). Done automatically
    under the |subdued| option when switching to the normal or bold math
    version. Also available as |\Mathastextstandardgreek|.

\end{enumerate}

\subsubsection{Body-only commands}

\begin{enumerate}[label=$\bullet$, leftmargin=1em]
\item §\MTversion§\oarg{nametext}\marg{namemath},
  §\MTversion§$\ast$\marg{namemath}, also known as
  §\Mathastextversion§ (and as \cs{MTVersion}, and
  \cs{mathastextversion}):
  \begin{enumerate}[label=$\bullet$]
  \item the non-starred version changes
    \emph{both} the document text fonts and the math fonts (for those characters
    treated by \mst): the mandatory argument is the math version to be used
    for math; the optional argument is the name of (another) \mst-declared math
    version, the font which was chosen during its declaration will be set as
    document text font (and |\familydefault| etc\dots also are
    redefined). In the absence of the optional argument, the mandatory one is
    used. The versions \emph{must} be either |normal|, or |bold|, or previously
    declared ones via §\Mathastext§ or §\MTDeclareVersion§. 
  \item the starred variant\RightNote{1.3c} does the math set-up, but changes \emph{nothing} to
    the text fonts (see \autoref{sec:mathversions} for a description of the math
    set-up, which summarizes 
    what is done additionally to only using \LaTeX{}'s |\mathversion|).
  \end{enumerate}
  \cs{MTversion}\oarg{nametext}\marg{namemath} does §\MTeverymathdefault§
  (except for |\MTversion{normal}| and |\MTversion{bold}| under package option
  |subdued|), which in particular activates the insertion of skips around
  letters specified by §\MTsetmathskips§ and also, if the font used is not
  oblique the insertion of italic corrections (for better positioning of
  subscripts; see the discussion in \autoref{sec:ic}). Under the |frenchmath|
  option the package checks separately the letter shape for lowercase and
  uppercase. 

  \RightNote{1.3j}\cs{MTversion} also does §\MTexistsdoesskip§,
  §\MTforalldoesskip§, and also §\MTprimedoesskip§,
  \csb{MTmathoperatorsobeymathxx}, except under the |subdued| option for
  \emph{normal} and \emph{bold}, in which case it does the opposite actions.
\end{enumerate}

All further commands are usable only inside math mode.
\begin{enumerate}[label=$\bullet$]
\item §\hbar§: this is constructed
  (in a way compatible with the |italic| option) from
  the |h| letter and the \={ } accent from the
  \mst font. Note that \cs{mathrm}|{\hbar}| and
  \cs{mathbf}|{\hbar}| should work and that \cs{hbar}
  does scale in subscripts and exponents. Only for |T1|
  and |OT1| (or |LY1|) encodings.
\item §\fouriervec§: this is a |\vec| accent taken from the Fourier font;
the |fourier| package need not be loaded. Active only
if option §fouriervec§.
\item §\pmvec§: this provides a poor man \cs{vec} accent command, for
upright letters. It uses the right arrow. Does not change
size in subscripts and exponents.
 \item §\mathnormal§, §\mathrm§, §\mathbf§, §\mathit§, §\mathsf§,
§\mathtt§: modifications of the original \cs{mathnormal},
\cs{mathrm}, \cs{mathbf}, \cs{mathit}, \cs{mathsf}, \cs{mathtt} to
use the mathastextified font. The
underlying internal \LaTeX{} structures related to the original
commands are not overwritten, so the original commands can be saved under
other names before |\usepackage{mathastext}|, to be used in case of
necessity  (this is what option |subdued| does.) 
 \item §\mathnormalbold§: a bold version of \cs{mathnormal}. Differs
from §\mathbf§ when the |italic| option has been used, or when use
has been made of §\MTlettershape§ to specify a shape for letters
distinct from the one for digits and operator names, or similarly
when the math version has been declared via §\MTDeclareVersion§ with
its optional parameter for shape of letters.
\item §\inodot§, §\jnodot§: the corresponding glyphs in
  the chosen font for math mode. By default, will
  overwrite |\imath| and |\jmath|. With version |1.12|
  by default §\i§ and §\j§ work also in math mode and
  give then §\inodot§, resp. §\jnodot§. This should work for
  all 8bit-encodings having these glyphs, and 
  also in Unicode. 
\item §\MathEuler§, §\MathEulerBold§: math alphabets to access
all the glyphs of the Euler font, if option |eulergreek| (or
|eulerdigits| was passed to the package.
\item §\MathPSymbol§: math alphabet to access the Symbol font.
\item when one of the options \blueit{symbolgreek},
  \blueit{eulergreek}, or \blueit{selfGreek} is passed to the package
  the capital Greek letters which look like their Latin
  counterparts acquire  names: \cs{Digamma},
  \cs{Alpha}, \cs{Beta}, \cs{Epsilon}, \cs{Zeta},
  \cs{Eta}, \cs{Iota}, \cs{Kappa}, \cs{Mu}, \cs{Nu},
  \cs{Omicron}, \cs{Rho}, \cs{Tau}, \cs{Chi} (no
  \cs{Digamma} for Symbol). Also an \cs{omicron}
  control sequence is provided.
\item |LGR| Greek and `var'-letters: only the
  \cs{varsigma} is available in this encoding, so using
  for example \cs{varphi} will load the previous default math
  font. It might thus be suitable when recompiling
  already written \LaTeX{} sources to add to the preamble
  \cs{let}\cs{varphi}$=$\cs{phi},
  \cs{let}\cs{varepsilon}$=$\cs{epsilon}, etc\dots,
  in case only the `variant' form of the letter was used
  in the documents.
\item \hypertarget{symbolmisc}{Miscelleneous mathematical symbols} from the
  postscript Symbol font are made available (or replaced) by option
  §symbolmisc§.\footnote{option \blueit{asterisk} is also required to treat the
    $*$. 
    Recall from \autoref{sec:mathxx} that the asterisk in math mode (also
    when using the control sequence \cs{ast}) appears then to \TeX{} to be
    a composite object.}
  \makeatletter\let\mst@doasterisk\mst@@doasterisk\makeatother They are
  \cs{prod}~$\prod$ \cs{sum}~$\sum$ \cs{implies}~$\implies$
  \cs{impliedby}~$\impliedby$ \cs{iff}~$\iff$ \cs{shortiff}~$\shortiff$
  \cs{to}~$\to$ \cs{longto}~$\longto$ \cs{mapsto}~$\mapsto$
  \cs{longmapsto}~$\longmapsto$ \cs{aleph}~$\aleph$ \cs{inftypsy}~$\inftypsy$
  \cs{emptyset}~$\emptyset$ \cs{surd}~$\surd$ \cs{nabla}~$\nabla$
  \cs{angle}~$\angle$ \cs{forall}~$\forall$ \cs{exists}~$\exists$
  \cs{neg}~$\neg$ \cs{clubsuit}~$\clubsuit$ \cs{diamondsuit}~$\diamondsuit$
  \cs{heartsuit}~$\heartsuit$ \cs{spadesuit}~$\spadesuit$
  \cs{smallint}~$\smallint$ \cs{wedge}~$\wedge$ \cs{vee}~$\vee$ \cs{cap}~$\cap$
  \cs{cup}~$\cup$ \cs{bullet}~$\bullet$ \cs{div}~$\div$ \cs{otimes}~$\otimes$
  \cs{oplus}~$\oplus$ \cs{pm}~$\pm$ \cs{ast}~$\ast$ \cs{times}~$\times$
  \cs{proptopsy}~$\proptopsy$ \cs{mid}~$\mid$ \cs{leq}~$\leq$ \cs{geq}~$\geq$
  \cs{approx}~$\approx$ \cs{supset}~$\supset$ \cs{subset}~$\subset$
  \cs{supseteq}~$\supseteq$ \cs{subseteq}~$\subseteq$ \cs{in}~$\in$
  \cs{sim}~$\sim$ \cs{cong}~$\cong$ \cs{perp}~$\perp$ \cs{equiv}~$\equiv$
  \cs{notin}~$\notin$ \cs{langle}~$\langle$ \cs{rangle}~$\rangle$. And a
  \cs{DotTriangle}~$\DotTriangle$ is made available by option §symbolre§ (which
  overwrites \cs{Re} and \cs{Im}: $\Re,\Im$). The \cs{inftypsy} and
  \cs{proptopsy} have these names to leave up to the user the choice to replace
  (or no) the original (larger) \cs{infty} $\infty$ and \cs{propto} $\propto$.

  Regarding the \cs{prod} and \cs{sum} commands: they will use the Symbol
  glyphs $\prod\sum$ in inline math, and in display math the Computer Modern
  ones (or whatever is set up by other packages; here we have the symbols from
  |txfonts|): \[\prod\sum\] The package
  provides \cs{prodpsy} and \cs{sumpsy}: if one really wants in all
  situations the Symbol glyphs, one can do \cs{let}\cs{prod}\cs{prodpsy} and
  \cs{let}\cs{sum}\cs{sumpsy}. Also \cs{MToriginalprod} and \cs{MToriginalsum}
  will refer to the \cs{prod} and \cs{sum} before redefinition by the
  package: this is to allow constructs such as |$\displaystyle\MToriginalprod$|
  or |\[\textstyle\MToriginalprod\]|, because they would not work with the
  \cs{prod} and \cs{sum} as re-defined by the package.
\end{enumerate}

 \subsection{Complete list of options}

 \begin{enumerate}[label=$\bullet$, leftmargin=1em]
 \item §basic§: only mathastextify letters and digits.
 \item §subdued§: do not change the default fonts or the math alphabets in math
   mode for the normal and bold math versions, turn on the \mst-ification only
   after an explicit \csb{MTversion} (or \cs{mathastextversion}) command
   activating an additional math version as declared in the preamble. With
   option |subdued| \cs{MTversion\{normal\}} and \cs{MTversion\{bold\}} do
   \csb{MTmathoperatorsdonotobeymathxx}, \csb{MTeasynonlettersdonotobeymathxx},
   \csb{MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx}, \csb{MTmathstandardletters}.
 \item §italic§: the letters  default to italic shape in
  math mode.
 \item §frenchmath§: italic lowercase Latin letters, but
  uppercase Latin letters in the same font as for digits and
  operator names. In general this means that they will be
  upright. In case of the \blueit{LGRgreek} option, §frenchmath§
  influences also the shape of the Greek letters.
\item §endash§, §emdash§: use the text font en-dash (\textendash) or even
 the em-dash (\textemdash, but this seems crazy) for the minus sign
 rather than {}-{}. §endash§ option is default for the package.
\item §unicodeminus§:\RightNote{1.3q} use the |MINUS SIGN U+2212| (requires
  |fontspec|.) Or, in the form |unicodeminus=HHHH| with four \emph{uppercased}
  hexadecimal digits: use the |U+HHHH| code point. As §noendash§ really means
  ``use the hyphen from the text font'', §unicodeminus§ remains without effect
  under it, or, naturally, under §nominus§. Note: without this option,
  \mst uses the |EN DASH U+2013| by default.
\item §asterisk§: use the text font (or the Symbol font) asterisk in math mode. 
\item §nohbar§: prevents \mst from defining its own
  \cs{hbar}.
\item §noendash§: the minus sign will be the - from the
 text font, not the en-dash \textendash.
\item §nolessnomore§: besides
  !\,?\,,\,.\,:\,;\,+\,\textendash\,=\,(\,)\,[\,]\,/\,\#\,\$\,\%\,\&
  \mst treats also \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
  $\mathord{<}\,\mathord{>}\,\mathord{|}$\, \{\,\} and
  $\backslash$.\MakeShortVerb{\|} Use this option to let it not
  do it. This is the default
  in case of |OT1|-encoding.
\item further excluding options: §noexclam§ !\,?\
\ §nopunctuation§ ,\,.\,:\,;\ §noplus§,
§nominus§, §noplusnominus§\ +\,\textendash{} §noequal§ =\
§noparenthesis§ (\,)\,[\,]\,/\ §nospecials§
\#\,\$\,\%\,\&\ and §nodigits§.
 \item §alldelims§: true by default, means that the
characters excluded by §nolessnomore§ are
treated. Use this option in case of a mono-width
|OT1|-encoded font.
\item §nosmalldelims§: this prevents \mst from trying to pick up in the text
  font the `small variants' of some math delimiters; it only affects what
  happens when a character such as a left parenthesis $($ or $[$ is used as a
  delimiter, and in the event that \TeX{} has chosen the smallest sized
  variant. This has no impact on what happens when they are not used as
  delimiters: then, and if not disabled by the corresponding options, these
  characters are always picked up from the text font.\footnote{in this very
    special situation of option nosmalldelims, the braces are an exception to
    this rule and they require both of \csb{MTnonlettersobeymathxx} and
    \csb{MTexplicitbracesobeymathxx} for being picked up from the text font
    when not used as delimiters.}
 \item §symbolgreek§, §symboldigits§: to let Greek letters (digits) use the
Symbol font.
 \item §symbolre§: replaces \cs{Re} and \cs{Im} by the
 Symbol glyphs $\Re, \Im$ and defines a
\cs{DotTriangle} command ($\DotTriangle$).
\item §symbolmisc§: takes quite a few glyphs, including logical arrows, product
  and sum signs from Symbol. They are listed
  \hyperlink{symbolmisc}{\emph{supra}}. Doing
  \cs{renewcommand\{\string\int\}\{\string\smallint\}} will maximize
  even more the use of the Symbol font.
 \item §symboldelimiters§: the characters apart from
 letters and digits will be taken from the Symbol font. 
 \item §symbol§: combines §symbolgreek§, §symbolre§, and §symbolmisc§.
 \item §symbolmax§: combines §symbol§ and §symboldelimiters§.
 \item §eulergreek§, §eulerdigits§: to let Greek letters (digits) use the
Euler font.
 \item §LGRgreek§: this is for a font which is also available in
 LGR-encoding. It is possible to change the font per math version, via
 the use of the §\MTgreekfont§ command in the preamble.
 \item §LGRgreeks§: each declared math version will be supposed to be with a
 font which is also available in LGR-encoding.
 \item §selfGreek§: this is for a font which is also available in
 |OT1|-encoding and contains the glyphs for the default eleven capital Greek
letters.
 \item §selfGreeks§: each declared math version will be supposed to be with
 a font with the eleven capital Greek letters in its |OT1|-encoded
 version.
 \item §upgreek§, §itgreek§, §upGreek§, §itGreek§:
 options to tell to use \cs{itdefault} or \cs{updefault} for the lowercase
 and uppercase (or only the uppercase) Greek letters. Only operant
 in the case of the |LGRgreek(s)| and |selfGreek(s)| options.
 \item §mathaccents§: use the text font also for the math
accents. As in vanilla \LaTeX{}, they are taken from the font
for the digits and \cs{log}-like names. Obey the alphabet
changing commands. Will work only for |T1|, |LY1|, or |OT1|-compatible encodings.
 \item §defaultbf§, §defaultit§, §defaultsf§, §defaulttt§: do not
set up, respectively, the \cs{mathbf}, \cs{mathit}, \cs{mathsf},
and \cs{mathtt} commands to use the mathastext-ified
font. This also prevents \mst to create internally
\cs{Mathxx} alphabets (it never overwrites the original
\cs{mathxx} things but let \cs{mathxx} point to \cs{Mathxx}
instead), so one can use these options if one encounters a `too
many math alphabets' \LaTeX{} error.
\item §defaulnormal§, §defaultrm§: do not identify the default
\cs{mathnormal} (resp. \cs{mathrm}) with the newly created
\cs{Mathnormal} (resp. \cs{Mathrm}) commands which use the
mathastextified fonts in each math version.
\item §defaultalphabets§: all the §defaultxx§ options together, and
additionally tells \mst not to create the \cs{mathnormalbold} alphabet either.
 \item §defaultimath§: do not overwrite \cs{imath} and
 \cs{jmath}, do not extend \cs{i} and \cs{j} to math mode use.
 \item §defaultmathsizes§: do not change the \LaTeX{} defaults for the sizes
 of exponents and subscripts.
 \item §fouriervec§: provides a \cs{fouriervec} command. The user can then
 add in the preamble \cs{let}\cs{vec}$=$\cs{fouriervec}. There is also
 always available a ``poor man'' vec accent \cs{pmvec} for upright letters.
 \end{enumerate}

Thanks to Kevin~\textsc{Klement}, Tariq~\textsc{Perwez}
and Ricard~\textsc{Torres} for sending bug reports and feature requests when
the first version of the package was issued.

 \begin{center}
Numerous examples will be found there:\\
   \url{http://jf.burnol.free.fr/mathastext.html}\\
   \url{http://jf.burnol.free.fr/showcase.html}
 \end{center}

\catcode`\§=12

% ATTENTION
\clearpage


\section{Installation}\label{sec:install}

\def\MacroFont{\footnotesize\ttfamily}
\begin{verbatim}
Use the managing tools of your TeX installation to install or upgrade
mathastext.

Else, for manual user install, grab mathastext.tds.zip from CTAN and run

    unzip -d <destfolder> mathastext.tds.zip

where  <destfolder> could be ~/texmf or, on mac os x, ~/Library/texmf.

Else, download mathastext.dtx, possibly also mathastext.ins, and follow
these instructions:

* with mathastext.ins: run tex on mathastext.ins to generate the package
style file mathastext.sty as well as mathastext.tex and some test files.

* without mathastext.ins: run tex on mathastext.dtx to generate the package
style file mathastext.sty as well as mathastext.tex and some test files.
(and also mathastext.ins)

  Move the style file mathastext.sty to a location where TeX can find it.
  In a TDS compliant hierarchy this will be
      <TDS>:tex/latex/mathastext/mathastext.sty

*documentation*: run latex thrice on mathastext.tex then dvipdfmx. Or, run
pdflatex thrice on mathastext.dtx. In the former case the documentation is
with source code included, in the latter without. The file mathastext.tex
can be customized to change the font size or set other options therein.

   (One cannot use lualatex or xelatex to compile the documentation.)

*test files*: mathastexttestmathversions.tex
              mathastexttestunicodemacos.tex
              mathastexttestunicodelinux.tex
              mathastexttestalphabets.tex

\end{verbatim}

\normalsize

\section{Change log}
\label{sec:changelog}

\begingroup

\def\MacroFont{\footnotesize\normalfont}
% utilisé par verbatim en classe scrdoc
% (rappel: macrocode utilise \macro@font qui est MacroFont at begin document)

\makeatletter

\def\@verbatim{%
\parindent \z@ \parfillskip \@flushglue \parskip \tw@\p@
\let \do \@makeother \dospecials \catcode`\ =10 }

% et donc on ne fait pas \obeylines
\def\endverbatim{}
\let\@vobeyspaces\relax

\begingroup \catcode `|=0 \catcode `[= 1 \catcode`]=2 
\catcode `\{=12 \catcode `\}=12 \catcode`\\=12 
|long|gdef|@xverbatim#1\end{verbatim}[#1|end[verbatim]]
|endgroup

% \end{verbatim} Fix du font-locking de AUCTeX (11.89.6)
% 2015/09/10 -- 2015/09/12
% Dorénavant README.md (et possiblement un CHANGES.txt ou CHANGES.md)
% sont auto-extraits du .dtx.
% 
% Ici je dois faire un input approprié.

% Cette version a uniquement un README.md, dont il faut retirer le début.
% Les items sont initiés par des *
% Il faut se débarrasser des ---- et remplacer les \[, \]
% Il faut aussi gérer les `, et par ailleurs se débarrasser du début du
% README.md

\catcode`*=\active
\def*{\ifvmode\smallskip
  \leavevmode\kern.5em\smash{\raisebox{-.3\height}{\char42}}\kern1em
  \else\smash{\raisebox{-.3\height}{\char42}}\fi }%

\begingroup
    \lccode`\~`1
\lowercase{\endgroup\def~}{\ifvmode\medskip\expandafter\@DTXLOGhelper\fi 1}

\begingroup
    \catcode`\| 0
    \catcode`\\ 12
|long|gdef|@DTXLOGhelper #1 ----#2|par{|@@DTXLOGhelper #1\[\]|par}
|long|gdef|@@DTXLOGhelper #1\[#2\]#3|par%
    {|textbf{#1}% le #1 ici contient un espace
     |ifx|relax #2|relax|else [#2]|fi
     |par|nopagebreak}
|endgroup

\catcode`-=\active
\def-{%
  \catcode`\<=\active
  \begingroup
  \lccode`\-`\<
  \lowercase{\endgroup\long\def-}##1CHANGE LOG =========={\catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\-=12 }%
  \catcode`1=\active
  \catcode`\` 9 % légèrement ennuyeux mais bon, c'est le plus simple.
  \input README.md
}

\makeatother

\begin{multicols}{2}
\begin{verbatim}
-
\end{verbatim}
\end{multicols}
\endgroup


\ifnum\NoSourceCode=1 
\bigskip
\begin{framed}
\def\givesomestretch{%
\fontdimen2\font=0.33333\fontdimen6\font
\fontdimen3\font=0.16666\fontdimen6\font
\fontdimen4\font=0.11111\fontdimen6\font
}%
  \ttfamily\small\givesomestretch\hyphenchar\font45 This documentation
  has been compiled without the source code. To produce the
  documentation with the source code included, run "tex mathastext.dtx" to
  generate mathastext.tex (if not already available), then thrice latex on
  mathastext.tex and finally dvipdfmx on mathastext.dvi.
\end{framed}
\fi


\makeatletter
\StopEventually{\end{document}\endinput}
\makeatother

\cleardoublepage
\newgeometry{hmarginratio=3:2}
\small

\section{Implementation}
% The catcode hackery next is to avoid to have <*package> to be listed
% in the commented source code...
% (c) 2012/11/19 jf burnol ;-)
\MakePercentIgnore
%
% \catcode`\<=0 \catcode`\>=11 \catcode`\*=11 \catcode`\/=11
% \let</dtx>\relax
% \def<*package>{\catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\>=12 \catcode`\*=12 \catcode`\/=12}
%
%</dtx>
%<*package>
% The usual catcode regime for letters and digits is assumed and some characters
% such as |*|, |`|, |"|, |=| are supposed to be of catcode other at the time of loading
% of \mst. The source of \mst takes precautions for some other characters such
% as the right quote |'|, which may thus be active with no harm at the time of
% loading. By the way, I think \LaTeX2e should have provided to authors a
% standard macro to be used at the beginning of a style file to make sure the
% catcodes are standard. Shorthands created by Babel should be mostly no problem
% as Babel does the activation only at the |\begin{document}|.
%
% The comments have been accumulating through successive versions with only
% partial efforts to achieve some sort of coherence; as a result some are a
% bit strange or obsolete to various degrees. And the similar remark
% applies to some ancient parts of the code itself!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage {mathastext}
  [2016/11/06 v1.3r Use the text font in math mode (JFB)]
%    \end{macrocode}
% Testing for \XeTeX\ and \LuaLaTeX.
%
% |1.3g 2015/10/15|: update for the naming of primitives, the situation has
% evolved both on \XeTeX\ side and on the \LuaLaTeX\ side (LaTeX base
% |2015/10/01|): I was told "U" named math primitives were always available
% for \LuaLaTeX. For \XeTeX, the XeTeX prefix got replaced by U prefix with
% 0.99.. a certain number of 9. I opted for rather simple approach of just
% trying the "modern" names and if they don't exist fall back on earlier (and
% in danger of being deprecated) names.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \let\mst@Umathcharnumdef\Umathcharnumdef
  \let\mst@Umathcodenum   \Umathcodenum
  \let\mst@Umathcode      \Umathcode
  \let\mst@Umathchardef   \Umathchardef
\newif\ifmst@XeTeX
\ifx\XeTeXinterchartoks\@undefined
  \mst@XeTeXfalse
\else
  \mst@XeTeXtrue
  \ifx\mst@Umathcharnumdef\@undefined
    \let\mst@Umathcharnumdef\XeTeXmathcharnumdef
    \let\mst@Umathcodenum   \XeTeXmathcodenum
    \let\mst@Umathcode      \XeTeXmathcode
    \let\mst@Umathchardef   \XeTeXmathchardef
  \fi
\fi
\newif\ifmst@LuaTeX
\ifx\directlua\@undefined
  \mst@LuaTeXfalse
\else
  \mst@LuaTeXtrue
  \ifx\mst@Umathcharnumdef\@undefined
    \let\mst@Umathcharnumdef\luatexUmathcharnumdef
    \let\mst@Umathcodenum   \luatexUmathcodenum
    \let\mst@Umathcode      \luatexUmathcode
    \let\mst@Umathchardef   \luatexUmathchardef
  \fi
\fi
\newif\ifmst@XeOrLua
\ifmst@LuaTeX\mst@XeOrLuatrue\fi
\ifmst@XeTeX \mst@XeOrLuatrue\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% |1.2|: all inner macros of \mst now starts with |\mst@| for a cleaner
% name-space. 
%
% |1.3l 2016/01/29|: hmmm... at this late stage where nobody would expect me
% to still look at the code, I have found at least two macros which still
% didn't: \cs{do@the@endashstuff} and \cs{do@the@emdashstuff}.
%
% Ok, doing something more serious: compatibility with upcoming TL2016
% fontspec and its switch to |`TU'| NFSS font encoding in replacement of
% |`EU1/EU2'| Anyhow, the code in \mst has been common to the two Unicode
% engines for a while, hence it is not hard to adapt to the replacement of
% |EU1/EU2| by |TU|, maintaining compatibility with legacy installations.
% \begin{macro}{\mst@OneifUniEnc}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\mst@oti{OT1}\def\mst@ti{T1}\def\mst@lyi{LY1}
\def\mst@eui{EU1}\def\mst@euii{EU2}\def\mst@tu{TU}
\def\mst@OneifUniEnc {%
    \ifx \mst@tmp@enc\mst@tu   1\else
    \ifx \mst@tmp@enc\mst@eui  1\else
    \ifx \mst@tmp@enc\mst@euii 1\else 0\fi\fi\fi }
\newif\ifmst@goahead
\newif\ifmst@abort
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@enc}
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@fam}
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@ser}
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@opsh}
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@bold}
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@ltsh}
%    Macros to store the font settings, each math version will store its
%    own records. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \def\mst@enc{\encodingdefault}
  \def\mst@fam{\familydefault}
  \def\mst@ser{\seriesdefault}
  \def\mst@opsh{\shapedefault}  %% will be default shape for operator names
  \def\mst@bold{\bfdefault}
  \def\mst@ltsh{\shapedefault}  %% will be default shape for letters
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@greekfont}
%    |1.15c|: for use by the LGRgreek and selfGreek options. Defined as
%    an \cs{edef} in order to be able to set-up once and for all the
%    Greek at the time of \cs{usepackage}. Modifiable in the preamble
%    via \cs{MTgreekfont}\marg{font\_name}\cs{Mathastext}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \edef\mst@greekfont{\familydefault} %% v 1.15c 
%    \end{macrocode}
%  \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{Package options}
%   |2011/03/09|: |1.13| introduces the option LGRgreek and systematic use
%   of \cs{if...} conditionals, for better readability (by myself) of
%   the code. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifmst@italic
\newif\ifmst@frenchmath
    \DeclareOption{italic}{\mst@italictrue
        \def\mst@ltsh{\itdefault}}
    \DeclareOption{frenchmath}{\mst@frenchmathtrue\mst@italictrue
      \def\mst@ltsh{\itdefault}}
%%
\newif\ifmst@endash\mst@endashtrue  
    \DeclareOption{endash}{\mst@endashtrue}
    \DeclareOption{noendash}{\mst@endashfalse}
\newif\ifmst@emdash
    \DeclareOption{emdash}{\mst@emdashtrue\mst@endashfalse}
%%
\newif\ifmst@alldelims
\edef\mst@tmp{\encodingdefault}\ifx\mst@oti\mst@tmp\else\mst@alldelimstrue\fi 
    \DeclareOption{alldelims}{\mst@alldelimstrue}
    \DeclareOption{nolessnomore}{\mst@alldelimsfalse}
%% new with 1.2
\newif\ifmst@nosmalldelims
    \DeclareOption{nosmalldelims}{\mst@nosmalldelimstrue}
%%
\newif\ifmst@noplus
    \DeclareOption{noplus}{\mst@noplustrue}
\newif\ifmst@nominus
    \DeclareOption{nominus}{\mst@nominustrue}
\DeclareOption{noplusnominus}{\ExecuteOptions{noplus,nominus}}
%%
\newif\ifmst@noparen
    \DeclareOption{noparenthesis}{\mst@noparentrue}
\newif\ifmst@nopunct
    \DeclareOption{nopunctuation}{\mst@nopuncttrue}
\newif\ifmst@noequal
    \DeclareOption{noequal}{\mst@noequaltrue}
\newif\ifmst@noexclam
    \DeclareOption{noexclam}{\mst@noexclamtrue}
\newif\ifmst@asterisk
    \DeclareOption{noasterisk}{\PackageWarningNoLine{mathastext}
        {option `noasterisk\string' is deprecated.^^J\space\space\space 
         Check the documentation}}
    \DeclareOption{asterisk}{\mst@asterisktrue}
\newif\ifmst@nospecials
    \DeclareOption{nospecials}{\mst@nospecialstrue}
\newif\ifmst@basic % 1.3 to avoid unnecessary patch of amsmath \newmcodes@
\DeclareOption{basic}{\mst@basictrue
    \ExecuteOptions{noparenthesis,nopunctuation,%
                    noplusnominus,noequal,noexclam,nospecials,nolessnomore}}
%%
\newif\ifmst@nohbar
    \DeclareOption{nohbar}{\mst@nohbartrue}
\newif\ifmst@nodigits
    \DeclareOption{nodigits}{\mst@nodigitstrue}
\newif\ifmst@defaultimath
    \DeclareOption{defaultimath}{\mst@defaultimathtrue}
\newif\ifmst@mathaccents
    \DeclareOption{mathaccents}{\mst@mathaccentstrue}
%%
\newif\ifmst@needsymbol
\newif\ifmst@symboldelimiters
    \DeclareOption{symboldelimiters}{\mst@needsymboltrue\mst@symboldelimiterstrue}
\newif\ifmst@symboldigits
    \DeclareOption{symboldigits}{\mst@needsymboltrue\mst@symboldigitstrue}
\newif\ifmst@symbolgreek
\newif\ifmst@customgreek %% new with 1.3d
    \DeclareOption{symbolgreek}{\mst@needsymboltrue\mst@symbolgreektrue
                                \mst@customgreektrue }
\newif\ifmst@symbolre
    \DeclareOption{symbolre}{\mst@needsymboltrue\mst@symbolretrue}
\newif\ifmst@symbolmisc
    \DeclareOption{symbolmisc}{\mst@needsymboltrue\mst@symbolmisctrue}
\DeclareOption{symbol}{\ExecuteOptions{symbolgreek,symbolmisc,symbolre}}
\DeclareOption{symbolmax}{\ExecuteOptions{symbol,symboldelimiters}}
%%
\newif\ifmst@needeuler
\newif\ifmst@eulerdigits
    \DeclareOption{eulerdigits}{\mst@needeulertrue\mst@eulerdigitstrue}
\newif\ifmst@eulergreek
    \DeclareOption{eulergreek}{\mst@needeulertrue\mst@eulergreektrue
                               \mst@customgreektrue }
%%
\newif\ifmst@selfGreek
    \DeclareOption{selfGreek}{\mst@selfGreektrue\mst@customgreektrue}
\newif\ifmst@selfGreeks
    \DeclareOption{selfGreeks}{\mst@selfGreekstrue\mst@selfGreektrue
                               \mst@customgreektrue }
\newif\ifmst@LGRgreek
    \DeclareOption{LGRgreek}{\mst@LGRgreektrue\mst@customgreektrue}
\newif\ifmst@LGRgreeks
    \DeclareOption{LGRgreeks}{\mst@LGRgreekstrue\mst@LGRgreektrue
                              \mst@customgreektrue}
%%
\def\mst@greek@select{0}
\newif\ifmst@itgreek
\newif\ifmst@upgreek
    \DeclareOption{itgreek}{\mst@itgreektrue}
    \DeclareOption{upgreek}{\mst@upgreektrue}
    \DeclareOption{itGreek}{\def\mst@greek@select{1}}
    \DeclareOption{upGreek}{\def\mst@greek@select{2}}
%%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Starting with |1.15f| the meaning of the `defaultxx' options has changed. They
% now prevent |mathastext| from defining additional alphabets rather than
% prevent it from identifying the `mathxx' with the new `Mathxx'. The
% `Mathnormal' and `Mathrm' alphabet commands are always created as they are
% SymbolFontAlphabets.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifmst@defaultnormal
    \DeclareOption{defaultnormal}{\mst@defaultnormaltrue}
\newif\ifmst@defaultrm
    \DeclareOption{defaultrm}{\mst@defaultrmtrue}
\newif\ifmst@defaultbf
    \DeclareOption{defaultbf}{\mst@defaultbftrue}
\newif\ifmst@defaultit
    \DeclareOption{defaultit}{\mst@defaultittrue}
\newif\ifmst@defaultsf
    \DeclareOption{defaultsf}{\mst@defaultsftrue}
\newif\ifmst@defaulttt
    \DeclareOption{defaulttt}{\mst@defaulttttrue}
\newif\ifmst@nonormalbold
\DeclareOption{defaultalphabets}{\ExecuteOptions{defaultnormal,defaultrm,%
defaultbf,defaultit,defaultsf,defaulttt}\mst@nonormalboldtrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
% |mathastext| considers the default script and especially scriptscript sizes to
% be far too small, and it will modify them. An option maintains the default. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifmst@defaultsizes
    \DeclareOption{defaultmathsizes}{\mst@defaultsizestrue}
\newif\ifmst@twelve
    \DeclareOption{12pt}{\mst@twelvetrue}
\newif\ifmst@fouriervec
    \DeclareOption{fouriervec}{\mst@fouriervectrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
% |1.15|: the subdued option. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifmst@subdued
    \DeclareOption{subdued}{\mst@subduedtrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
% |1.3q|: the unicode option. Thanks to \textsc{Tobias~Brink} for suggesting its
% incorporation. The parsing of |\CurrentOption| does not seek any robustness,
% it just does its job if the option is used correctly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\mst@unicodeminus {2013}
\def\mst@checkoption #1unicodeminus#2\mst@#3\mst@@
   {\ifx\\#3\\\PackageWarningNoLine{mathastext}
               {Unknown option `\CurrentOption\string'}\else
    \ifx\\#2\\\def\mst@unicodeminus {2212}\else
    \expandafter\def\expandafter\mst@unicodeminus\expandafter{\@secondoftwo#2}%
    \fi\fi}
\DeclareOption*%
  {\expandafter\mst@checkoption\CurrentOption\mst@ unicodeminus\mst@\mst@@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ProcessOptions\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
%  \begin{macro}{\exists} \begin{macro}{\mst@exists@skip}
%  \begin{macro}{\forall} \begin{macro}{\mst@forall@skip} 
%  \begin{macro}{\MTnormalexists}
%  \begin{macro}{\MTexistsdoesskip }
%  \begin{macro}{\MTnormalforall}
%  \begin{macro}{\MTforalldoesskip }
%  
%      |1.15e| |2012/10/21|: math skip/glue \emph{after} \cs{exists} and
%      \cs{forall}, this is useful with upright letters in math mode.
%      Each math version has its own user defined values for the skips,
%      stored as macros. The redefinitions of $\exists$ and $\forall$ are
%      done only at the end of the package as the |symbol| option will
%      also want to redefine these math symbols.
%
%      The subdued option (later and only for the normal and bold math
%      version) and the italic option (here) set to zero the package
%      default skips. With |1.2| the skips can be modified on the fly in
%      the document, they are not necessarily set in the preamble once
%      and for all for each math version.
%
%      |1.3j| adds \cs{MTnormalexists}, \cs{MTexistsdoesskip},
%      \cs{MTnormalforall}, \cs{MTforalldoesskip}.
%
%      Earlier to |1.3j|, |\let\mst@stdexists\exists| was done at End of
%      Package, now it is done at Begin Document, and same for |\forall|. We
%      pay attention that use of \cs{MTnormalexists} etc... inside the
%      preamble does not create self-let's.
%
%      Also |subdued| mode will do \cs{MTnormalexists}, \cs{MTnormalforall}
%      (earlier than |1.3j|, it only set the muskips to |0mu|.) Same when
%      using |\MTversion{normal}|, if |subdued|.
%
%      For some (random, legacy) reason, the handling of $\exists$ and
%      $\forall$ is part of the things
%      not included inside |\everymath/\everydisplay|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newmuskip\mst@exists@muskip  %% v 1.15e
\newmuskip\mst@forall@muskip
\def\mst@exists@skip{1mu}
\def\mst@forall@skip{.6667mu}
\ifmst@italic\ifmst@frenchmath\else
    \def\mst@exists@skip{0mu}
    \def\mst@forall@skip{0mu}
    \def\mst@prime@skip {0mu}
\fi\fi
\def\mst@exists{\mst@stdexists\mskip\mst@exists@muskip}
\def\mst@forall{\mst@stdforall\mskip\mst@forall@muskip}
\AtBeginDocument{%
   \let\mst@stdexists\exists
   \let\mst@stdforall\forall
   \def\MTnormalexists {\let\exists\mst@stdexists }%
   \def\MTexistsdoesskip  {\let\exists\mst@exists }%
   \def\MTnormalforall {\let\forall\mst@stdforall }%
   \def\MTforalldoesskip  {\let\forall\mst@forall }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The document body starts in the normal math version, whether or not
% \cs{Mathastext} command as been used in the preamble (which either re-defines
% the normal/bold math version or defines another one in case of optional
% argument), and in case of |subdued| option should use the standard $\forall$
% and $\exists$.
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \ifmst@subdued
   \else
     \MTexistsdoesskip
     \MTforalldoesskip
   \fi
}%
\newcommand*\MTnormalexists   {\AtBeginDocument {\MTnormalexists   }}
\newcommand*\MTexistsdoesskip {\AtBeginDocument {\MTexistsdoesskip }}
\newcommand*\MTnormalforall   {\AtBeginDocument {\MTnormalforall   }}
\newcommand*\MTforalldoesskip {\AtBeginDocument {\MTforalldoesskip }}
%    \end{macrocode}
%  \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
%  \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
%  \begin{macro}{\prime}
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@prime@skip}
%  \begin{macro}{\active@math@prime}
%  \begin{macro}{\MTnormalprime}
%  \begin{macro}{\MTprimedoesskip}
%
%    |1.2| |2012/12/17|: math skip/glue \emph{before} the \cs{prime}
%    glyph. This is useful with the default CM glyph and upright letters
%    (in contrast the prime from |txfonts| works fine with upright
%    letters). For this we replace the \LaTeX{} kernel \cs{active@math@prime}
%    with our own skip-enhanced version \cs{mst@active@math@prime}.
%
%    |1.2b| |2012/12/31|: doing\\
%    \null\hspace{1cm}|{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let'\mst@active@math@prime}|\\
%    is awfully wrong when the right quote is made active at begin document by
%    some other package (as happens with |babel| for some languages). So \mst
%    treats now the right quote with the same method as applied to the other
%    characters it makes mathematically active. This uses the macro
%    \cs{mst@mathactivate} which is defined later in the package.
%
%    Babel does |\let\prim@s\bbl@prim@s| when |'| is made active via its
%    services (the czech and slovak languages also store the initial
%    version of \cs{prim@s}, else the quote would not work correctly
%    when being again of |catcode 12|), and it doesn't matter if \mst is
%    loaded before or after this happens, as the \cs{mst@mathactivate}
%    does its job only as part of the \cs{everymath} and
%    \cs{everydisplay} token lists.
%
%    |1.2e| being paranoid, we take precautions against a possibly
%    catcode active right quote at
%    the time of loading mathastext.
%
% |1.3i| adds \cs{MTactiveprime}.
% 
% |1.3j| renames it to \cs{MTprimedoesskip}. Besides, it makes use in the
% preamble of \cs{MTnormalprime} or \cs{MTprimedoesskip}. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newmuskip\mst@prime@muskip   %% v 1.2
\def\mst@prime@skip{.5mu}
\ifmst@italic\ifmst@frenchmath\else\def\mst@prime@skip{0mu}\fi\fi
\def\mst@active@math@prime{\sp\bgroup\mskip\mst@prime@muskip\prim@s}
{\catcode`\'=12 
\gdef\mst@@modifyprime{\mst@mathactivate'{}\mst@active@math@prime}}
\newcommand*\MTnormalprime   {\let\mst@modifyprime\@empty }
\newcommand*\MTprimedoesskip {\let\mst@modifyprime\mst@@modifyprime}
\ifmst@subdued
    \MTnormalprime
\else
    \MTprimedoesskip
\fi
\AtBeginDocument{%
  \everymath\expandafter
           {\the\everymath    \mst@modifyprime \MTnormalprime}%
  \everydisplay\expandafter
           {\the\everydisplay \mst@modifyprime \MTnormalprime}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%  \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\MTexistsskip}
% \begin{macro}{\MTforallskip}
% \begin{macro}{\MTprimeskip}
%   |1.15e|: These user macros set up the amount of muglue after
%   \cs{exists} or \cs{forall}. The normal and
%   bold math versions inherit the same skips; these skips are set to
%   zero in case of the subdued, or the italic option. Each command
%   \cs{Mathastext}\oarg{version\_name} stores the current values in
%   the definition of the math version.
%
%   |1.2|: \cs{MTprimeskip} added, the silly \cs{@onlypreamble} are removed
%   and the macros are modified to have immediate effect in the document,
%   independently of their possible use in the preamble for the math
%   versions to store values.
%
%   Note (september 2013): the names were badly chosen; \cs{MTsetprimeskipto}
%   for example would have been a better choice.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\MTexistsskip[1]{\edef\mst@exists@skip{#1}%
    \mst@exists@muskip\mst@exists@skip\relax}
\newcommand*\MTforallskip[1]{\edef\mst@forall@skip{#1}%
    \mst@forall@muskip\mst@forall@skip\relax}
\newcommand*\MTprimeskip[1]{\edef\mst@prime@skip{#1}%
    \mst@prime@muskip\mst@prime@skip\relax}
\let\Mathastextexistsskip\MTexistsskip
\let\Mathastextforallskip\MTforallskip
\let\Mathastextprimeskip\MTprimeskip
\let\mathastextexistsskip\MTexistsskip
\let\mathastextforallskip\MTforallskip
\let\mathastextprimeskip\MTprimeskip
%    \end{macrocode}
%  \end{macro}\end{macro}
%  \end{macro}
%  \begin{macro}{\resetMathstrut@}
%        |2012/12/31|: The |amsmath| macro \cs{resetMathstrut@} is not compatible
%        with a
%        mathematically active opening parenthesis: it does \\
%        \null\hspace{1cm}|\mathchardef\@tempa\mathcode`\(\relax|\\
%        and is made a part of the hook \cs{every@math@size} inside
%        \cs{glb@settings}. 
%        This is called from \cs{check@mathfonts} which is done in
%        particular in \cs{frozen@everymath}, hence \emph{before} (but wait)
%        what \mst puts in \cs{everymath}. Also, \cs{glb@settings} is triggered
%        by \cs{mathversion} which must be done outside of math mode.
%
%        Alas, with things such as |$...\hbox{...$..$..}...$| \mst will have
%        already made the parenthesis (mathematically) active. And
%        \cs{boldsymbol} from |amsbsy| disables the \cs{@nomath} switch and
%        executes \cs{mathversion\{bold\}} directly in math mode. So we have a
%        problem with \cs{resetMathstrut@}. 
%
%        |lualatex-math| replaces \cs{resetMathstrut@} with its own version
%        (which also looks at |)|) and no error is signaled when \mst has done
%        |\mathcode`(="8000|, but the \cs{Mathstrutbox@} created by \mst is then
%        wrong.
%
%        The replacement macro avoids a potentially math active |(|. It
%        assumes that there is still some appropriate glyph in slot |40| of
%        |operators| and it sets the height and depth of \cs{Mathstrutbox@}
%        to be large enough to accomodate both this glyph and the one from the
%        mathastext font (both in the current math version). If option
%        |noparenthesis| was used, we leave everything untouched.
%
%    In |1.3a|, |2013/09/04|, the modification is done only at the time of
%    \cs{MTnonlettersobeymathxx}. It is canceled by
%    \cs{MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx}. So the code has been moved to these
%    macros and here we just store at the begin document the then meaning of
%    \cs{resetMathstrut@}, and check also if \cs{MTnonlettersobeymathxx} has
%    been invoked in the preamble.
%
%    |1.3f| |2015/09/12| issues only an Info message not a Warning, as I am
%    becoming aware from another context (etoc) that Warnings are stressful to
%    users, in some integrated environments for editing and compiling \LaTeX{}
%    source files.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@noparen\else
\AtBeginDocument{%
    \@ifundefined{resetMathstrut@}{% nothing to do, no amsmath
    }{% amsmath loaded, and possibly patched by things such as lualatex-math
    \let\mst@savedresetMathstrut@\resetMathstrut@
    \PackageInfo{mathastext}{current meaning of amsmath
      \string\resetMathstrut@\space saved}%
    \ifx\mst@the\the % means that \MTnonlettersobeymathxx was used in preamble
      \let\mst@the\@gobble\MTnonlettersobeymathxx
   \fi}}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%  \end{macro} 
%
%      |1.2| |2012/12/20| does some rather daring \emph{math} activation of
%      \verb$; , : ! ? + - = < > ( ) [ ]$  in
%      math mode to achieve something I wanted to do since a long time: overcome
%      the mutually excluding relation between the variable-family concept and
%      the automatic spacing concept. After loading \mst, these characters now
%      obey the math alphabets commands but still have the automatic spacing.
%      The use as delimiters for those concerned is also ok.
%
%    The activation is done via setting the \cs{mathcode} to |"8000| through the
%    macro \cs{mst@mathactivate} which in turn is put into the \cs{everymath}
%    and \cs{everydisplay} token lists. No character is made active in the sense
%    of the \cs{catcode} (the issues with catcode active characters at
%    the entrance of the math mode are discussed later),\\
%    \null\hspace{1cm}\fbox{but the concerned characters will now expand in math
%    mode to \emph{two} tokens.}\\
%      |1.2c| |2012/12/31|: hence, this current
%      implementation puts constraints on the input: |$x^?$| or |$x\mathrel?y$|
%      now create errors. They must be input
%      |$x^{?}$|, respectively |$x\mathrel{?}y$|.\\
%   \null\hspace{1cm} \fbox{The disactivating
%        macro \cs{MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx} is made the default.}
%
%        The mechanism is (even more) off by default for |\{| and |\}| as this
%        is not compatible with their use as delimiters (|\lbrace| and |\rbrace|
%        should be used instead) but it can be activated for them too.
%      
%
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@mathactivate}
%    |1.2b| |2012/12/30|: there were bad oversights in the |1.2| code
%    for \cs{mst@mathactivate} related to the possibility for some
%    characters to have been made active (in the sense of the catcode)
%    elsewhere (something which often is done by language definition
%    files of the |babel| system). The code from |v1.2b| tried to
%    provide correct behavior using a prefix called \cs{mst@fork} (its
%    definition and its use has since been modified) which let the
%    active character expand to the \mst re-definition \emph{only} in
%    math mode and \emph{only} if \cs{protect} was
%    \cs{@typeset@protect}. This indeed took care of situations such as
%    |$\hbox{?}$| with an active |?| or |$\label{eq:1}$| with an active
%    |:| (assuming for the latter that things would have worked ok before
%    the twiddling by \mst).
%
%    |1.2e| |2013/01/09|: alas |$\ref{eq:1}$| still was a problem.
%    Indeed in that case the \mst prefix had no means to know it was
%    inside a \cs{ref} so it made the character expand to its \mst
%    redefinition, which is not acceptable inside a
%    |\csname...\endcsname|. What happens with Babel is that it patches
%    things such as \cs{ref}, \cs{newlabel},... we can test the
%    \cs{if@safe@actives} flag to detect it in that case, but this is
%    Babel specific. After having thought hard about this I see no
%    general solution except patching all macros such as \cs{ref}...(in
%    an imitation of what Babel does). So the final decision is to not
%    do anything when the character is catcode active \emph{except} it
%    it seems that Babel is behind the scenes.
% 
%    Incidently, Babel and TikZ are buggy with characters which are
%    mathcode actives. For example the combination of |[french]{babel}|
%    and |mathtools| with its |centercolon| turns |$:$| into an
%    \emph{infinite loop} !! 
%
%    In the case of Babel the reason is that, generally (but not always,
%    the right quote |'| is an exception), the
%    \cs{normal@char}\meta{char} fall-back is \cs{string}\meta{char}.
%    But this is wrong if the mathcode is |32768|! The fall-back becomes
%    the default if the user switches to a language where \meta{char} is
%    `normal' and then an infinite loop arises.
%
%    As a further example (I am not familiar with other languages from
%    the Babel system) with |frenchb| the active |!?;:| expand in math
%    mode to \cs{string}|! or ? or ; or :|. This creates an infinite
%    loop if the mathcode is |32768|.
%
%    For the special case of the right quote |'| when it is made active
%    by Babel, its fall-back does not invoke |\string'| so being still
%    of mathcode |32768| is not a problem.
%  
%    I have posted on TeX StackExchange how Babel should possibly modify
%    its definitions and I use this here. I simplify a bit my proposed
%    replacement of \cs{normal@char}\meta{char} as the check for
%    \cs{protect} is superfluous, I think, having been
%    done already at the level of the Babel prefix.
%
%    Replacing \cs{user@active}\meta{char} is indeed not enough, and
%    \cs{normal@char}\meta{char} also must be changed, because when the
%    user switches back to a language where the character is `normal' it
%    remains catcode active. The crucial thing is the test of
%    \cs{if@safe@actives} in the replacement of the
%    \cs{normal@char}\meta{char}, besides of course the test for math
%    mode in both replacements.
%
%    When the character is not catcode active, then \mst uses the math
%    activation method. As the mathcode is not looked at in \cs{edef},
%    \cs{write} or inside |\csname...\endcsname| nothing special needs
%    to be done, I think, in terms of protection against premature
%    expansion. (I did not know that initially). 
%
%    So, to recapitulate, \mst will use the mechanism of the active
%    |mathcode| if the character is not |catcode| active, and in the
%    opposite case will do something only in the context of Babel,
%    modifying directly its \cs{user@active}\meta{char} and its
%    \cs{normal@char}\meta{char} macros and \fbox{it does NOT then set
%    the mathcode to 32768!!}, rather it makes \emph{sure} the character
%    is not mathematically active.
%
%    As |1.2e| is a bit paranoid it takes precautions against
%    the possibility of characters it treats being active at
%    the time of its loading. Excepted from the scope of the
%    paranoia are the latin letters (that would be crazy!) and
%    also |*|, |"| and the left quote |`|.
%
%    |1.2f| |2013/01/21| with earlier versions (*) it was important not
%    to do twice the business of \cs{mst@mathactivate} (think
%    |$\hbox{$?$}$|), so I used (this was a bit wasteful) some sort of
%    boolean macro for each character. But now that there are the
%    |\mst@the..| prefixes, let's just use them! (don't know why I did
%    not think of that earlier; perhaps I had in mind some more general
%    character per character customization initially, which I just dropped.)
%
%    (*) it is still important to not do twice the thing when the
%    character is active, in which case the |babel| macros are patched.
%
%    As an aside, |$\hbox{\catcode`?=\active $?$}$| for an |?| which was
%    unactive at the first |$| will just make \mst overwrite the
%    definition (assumed here to have been done earlier) of an active
%    |?|, but the result is that the inner |?| can not be used in
%    |\label| or |\ref|. So testing for active characters should be done
%    always... many things should be done always... I leave as is.
%
%    |1.3i| |2016/01/06| removes a spurious end of line space in
%    \cs{mst@mathactivate} (did not show as anyhow done in math mode).
%
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@do@az}
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@do@AZ}
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@addtodo@az}
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@addtodo@AZ}
%  \begin{macro}{\mst@the}
%    |1.2b| |2012/12/28| now that we understand the great advantages of |"8000|
%    we do it also for all letters a-z and A-Z to insert automatically the
%    italic corrections. See the \hyperref[sec:ic]{discussion} in the user
%    manual. Ironically I wrote the code initially for the |italic| option only
%    to realize later it was more suitable to using an \emph{upright} text font
%    in math mode! So this mathematical activation of the letters is not done if
%    the font shape is detected to be |it| or |sl|; to bypass this the command
%    \cs{MTicinmath} is provided.
%
%    |1.2e| |2013/01/10| corrects a bad oversight of |1.2b| in
%    \cs{mst@mathactivate} which made the reproduction of the user manual
%    illustrations with |$f_i^i$| impossible. As \cs{mst@mathactivate} was
%    originally used also to get the non-letters obey math alphabet while
%    maintaining the \TeX{} spacings, it added no extra braces. The braces
%    should however be added for expansion of math active letters, in order of
%    things like |x^y| to work as expected. (the group braces do not prevent
%    ligatures when the letters are arguments to the math alphabet commands,
%    the added macros \cs{mst@itcorr} and \cs{mst@before<letter>} expanding to
%    nothing).
%
%    Added note |2016/01/06|: it should be explicitely said that the extra
%    |{..}| in |\mst@mathactivate| for letters end up creating |\hbox|'es
%    around each letter with its extra skips and explicit italic correction,
%    when present. These skips are thus set at natural width and do not add
%    any break point.
%
%  \begin{macro}{\MTmath-}\begin{macro}{activeletters}
%  \begin{macro}{\MTmath-}\begin{macro}{standardletters}
%    |1.3| |2013/09/02| extends the use of mathematically active letters to
%    allow the user to specify muglue before and after the letter itself (see
%    \cs{MTsetmathskips}, below).
%    Mathematically active letters were previously used only to add the italic
%    correction; the math activation has now been separated and put in
%    \cs{MTmathactiveletters}. There is also \cs{MTmathactiveLetters} to allow
%    math activation only for the uppercase letters. To cancel the (now default,
%    even with option |italic|) math
%    activation of letters, there is \cs{MTmathstandardletters}. Version |1.3a|
%    removes some silly |\string|'s from the code, which prevented to pass
%    macros as first argument to the command.
%  \begin{macro}{\MTnonletters-}\begin{macro}{obeymathxx}
%  \begin{macro}{\MTnonletters-}\begin{macro}{donotobeymathxx}
%  \begin{macro}{\resetMathstrut@}
%    These macros are modified in version |1.3a| |2013/09/04| in order to
%    cleverly adjust, or not, the |amsmath| \cs{resetMathstrut@}. When used in
%    the preamble, they just modify \cs{mst@the}. And there is code at begin
%    document to check the status there of \cs{mst@the} and if its meaning is
%    \cs{the}, then \cs{MTnonlettersobeymathxx} is activated again to do the
%    patch. When used in the body they adjust \cs{resetMathstrut@}.
%
%    Notice that the saved meaning is the one at begin document (thus,
%    possibly patched by |lualatex-math| --- not anymore since 1.5 of March
%    2016, as |amsmath.sty| now maintained by LaTeX team has modified
%    \cs{resetMathStrut@} to make it compatible to Unicode engines) but
%    modifications done after that would not be seen in
%    |\mst@savedresetMathstrut@|.
%
%    The new version of \cs{resetMathStrut@} from LaTeX team release
%    |2016/03/03 v2.15a| of |amsmath.sty| is still not compatible with a math
%    active opening parenthesis. Hence my patch here is still needed.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks\mst@do@nonletters
\newtoks\mst@do@easynonletters
\newtoks\mst@do@az
\newtoks\mst@do@AZ
\let\mst@the\@gobble
\newcommand*\MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx{%
    \ifx\mst@the\@gobble
    \else
      \@ifundefined{mst@savedresetMathstrut@}{}{%
        \PackageInfo{mathastext}{restoring (for this group or environment) amsmath \string\resetMathstrut@}%
      \let\resetMathstrut@\mst@savedresetMathstrut@}%
    \fi
    \let\mst@the\@gobble
}
\newcommand*\MTnonlettersobeymathxx{%
    \ifx\mst@the\the
    \else
      \@ifundefined{mst@savedresetMathstrut@}{}{%
        \ifmst@symboldelimiters
          \def\resetMathstrut@{%
           \setbox\z@\hbox{\the\textfont\symmtpsymbol\char40
                        \the\textfont\symmtoperatorfont\char40
                        \the\textfont\symoperators\char40}%
           \ht\Mathstrutbox@\ht\z@ \dp\Mathstrutbox@\dp\z@}%
        \else
          \def\resetMathstrut@{%
           \setbox\z@\hbox{\the\textfont\symmtoperatorfont\char40
                        \the\textfont\symoperators\char40}%
           \ht\Mathstrutbox@\ht\z@ \dp\Mathstrutbox@\dp\z@}%
        \fi
      \PackageInfo{mathastext}{\string\resetMathstrut@\space 
      from amsmath replaced (for this group or environment)}}%
    \fi
    \let\mst@the\the
}
\newcommand*\MTeasynonlettersdonotobeymathxx{\let\mst@theeasy\@gobble}
\newcommand*\MTeasynonlettersobeymathxx{\let\mst@theeasy\the}
\MTeasynonlettersobeymathxx
\newcommand*\MTmathactiveletters{\let\mst@thef\the \let\mst@theF\the}
\ifmst@subdued\else\MTmathactiveletters\fi
\newcommand*\MTmathactiveLetters{\let\mst@theF\the}
\newcommand*\MTmathstandardletters{\let\mst@thef\@gobble \let\mst@theF\@gobble}
%    \end{macrocode}
%  \begin{macro}{\MTicinmath}
%  \begin{macro}{\MTICinmath}
%  \begin{macro}{\MTnoicinmath}
%  \begin{macro}{\MTicalsoinmathxx}
%      \cs{MTnoicinmath} can also be used from inside math mode. 
%
%      \cs{MTicalsoinmathxx} is destined to be used inside
%      \cs{mathnormalbold} as I didn't want to add the complication of
%      extracting the family number used inside \cs{mathnormalbold} (will
%      perhaps come back if I have time to spend on
%      |source2e|). Added note |2016/01/06|: this number is a priori simply
%      |symmtletterfont+1|.
%
%      \cs{MTicinmath} can also be used inside math mode, to revert an
%      earlier \cs{MTnoicinmath} from inside the same math group: the math mode
%      had to be entered with the math activation of letters allowed.
%
%      |1.3i| |2016/01/06|: For some reason which I have now forgotten I did
%      until now:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \def\mst@itcorr{\ifnum\fam=\m@ne\/\else\ifnum\fam=\symmtletterfont\/\fi\fi}%
% \end{verbatim}
%      hence italic corrections were also applied inside \cs{mathnormal} (for
%      upright fonts; \cs{mathnormalbold} math alphabet was not treated like
%      \cs{mathnormal}). I now drop this to be more in sync with the handling
%      of the extra skips around letters. Everything gets suppressed inside
%      all math alphabets, allowing ligatures, even for \cs{mathnormal}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\MTicinmath{% 
    \MTmathactiveletters
    \def\mst@itcorr{\ifnum\fam=\m@ne\/\fi}%
    \let\mst@ITcorr\mst@itcorr}
\newcommand*\MTICinmath{%
    \MTmathactiveLetters 
    \def\mst@ITcorr{\ifnum\fam=\m@ne\/\fi}}
\newcommand*\MTnoicinmath{\let\mst@itcorr\@empty\let\mst@ITcorr\@empty}
\newcommand*\MTnoICinmath{\let\mst@ITcorr\@empty}
\newcommand*\MTicalsoinmathxx{%
    \ifx\mst@itcorr\@empty\else\def\mst@itcorr{\/}\fi
    \ifx\mst@ITcorr\@empty\else\def\mst@ITcorr{\/}\fi}
\AtEndOfPackage{\AtBeginDocument{%
  \everymath\expandafter{\the\everymath 
    \mst@the\mst@do@nonletters \let\mst@the\@gobble
    \mst@theeasy\mst@do@easynonletters  \let\mst@theeasy\@gobble
    \mst@thef\mst@do@az \let\mst@thef\@gobble
    \mst@theF\mst@do@AZ \let\mst@theF\@gobble}%
  \everydisplay\expandafter{\the\everydisplay 
    \mst@the\mst@do@nonletters \let\mst@the\@gobble
    \mst@theeasy\mst@do@easynonletters  \let\mst@theeasy\@gobble
    \mst@thef\mst@do@az \let\mst@thef\@gobble
    \mst@theF\mst@do@AZ \let\mst@theF\@gobble}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% |1.3j|: moved here to be executed at begin document (and not from inside
% \cs{Mathastext@}.) The \cs{MTeverymathoff} does: \cs{MTnormalasterisk},
% \cs{MTnormalprime}, \cs{MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx},
% \cs{MTeasynonlettersdonotobeymathxx}, \cs{MTmathstandardletters}.
%
% |1.3m|: doing \cs{MTmathactiveletters} in subdued mode immediately after
% |\begin{document}| resulted in errors because \cs{mst@itcorr} had been left
% undefined. We thus add \cs{MTnoicinmath} to the subdued initialization.
%
% Since |1.3n| there is \cs{MTresetnewmcodes} which needs
% \cs{mst@originalnewmcodes@}, itself defined at begin document. Thus we have
% wrapped the whole thing in \cs{AtEndOfPackage}.
%
% And |1.3p| adds here \cs{MTcustomizenewmcodes} which had been regrettably
% forgotten by |1.3n|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \MTcustomizenewmcodes
  \ifmst@subdued
    \MTeverymathoff
    \MTresetnewmcodes
    \MTnoicinmath
    \MTmathoperatorsdonotobeymathxx
  \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% |1.3j|: an earlier version of this code was earlier part of \cs{Mathastext@}.
% As we are now in \cs{AtBeginDocument} we try to be careful not to overwrite
% \cs{MTicinmath}, \cs{MTnoicinmath}, \cs{MTicalsoinmathxx}, ... if issued by
% the user in the preamble, though. And we do not execute
% \cs{MTmathactiveletters}, it is issued by the package at loading time in
% order to allow user to cancel it if desired from inside the preamble.
%    \begin{macrocode}
     \ifx\mst@itcorr\@undefined
         \def\mst@itcorr{\ifnum\fam=\m@ne\/\fi}%
         \@for\mst@tmp:=it,sl\do 
           {\ifx\mst@tmp\mst@ltshape@normal\let\mst@itcorr\@empty\fi }%
     \fi
     \ifx\mst@ITcorr\@undefined
         \let\mst@ITcorr\mst@itcorr
         \ifmst@frenchmath
           \def\mst@ITcorr{\ifnum\fam=\m@ne\/\fi}%
           \@for\mst@tmp:=it,sl\do
                {\ifx\mst@tmp\mst@shape@normal\let\mst@ITcorr\@empty\fi }%
         \fi
     \fi
  \fi
}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\MTsetmathskips}
% \begin{macro}{\MTunsetmathskips}
%   |1.3| |2013/09/02|: user level command to specify extra spaces in math mode
%   around the letters (only the 7bit a,b,..,z and A,B,..,Z). First parameter is
%   the letter, second is the math skip to be inserted before, and third the
%   skip to be inserted after; for example \cs{thickmuskip} or explicitely
%   |0.1mu|.
%
%   For this, letters are made mathematically active. This is now the package
%   default (version |1.2| did this only in the absence of option |italic|, or
%   more precisely when the font used was not of shape |it| or |sl|). But if
%   \cs{MTsetmathskips} has not been used for that letter, the only effect of
%   the math activation is, as in |1.2|, to add the italic correction
%   automatically, except when the font shape is detected to be |it| or |sl|; in
%   these latter cases, although mathematically active, the letter acts in the
%   standard way.
%
%   The command \cs{MTmathstandardletters} turns off math activation and its
%   effects for all letters.
%
%   Ligatures within the argument of a math alphabet command are impeached by
%   skips; so \cs{MTunsetmathskips} is provided to cancel the skips for one
%   specific letter (|f| for example).
%
%   |1.3a| |2013/09/04|: I strangely had |\string#1| inside \cs{MTsetmathskips}.
%   Phobic of catcode active letters... but with |\string| one needs some
%   |\expandafter| to use \cs{MTsetmathskips} in an |\@for| loop for example. It
%   is better to allow the first argument to be a macro or anything expanding to
%   a letter, and to not be paranoid about improbable catcode active letters
%   (the user just has to tame them at the time of the \cs{MTsetmathskip}) so I
%   take out these |\string|'s.
%
%   |1.3i| |2016/01/06|: the extra skips are suppressed for the arguments of
%   math alphabet commands. This applies in particular for amsmath's
%   \cs{DeclareMathOperator}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\MTsetmathskips[3]{%
    \@namedef{mst@before#1}{\ifnum\fam=\m@ne\mskip#2\relax\fi }%
    \@namedef{mst@after#1}{\ifnum\fam=\m@ne\mskip#3\relax\fi }%
}
\newcommand*\MTunsetmathskips[1]{%
    \@namedef{mst@before#1}{}%
    \@namedef{mst@after#1}{}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\mst@mathactivate}
% \begin{macro}{\mst@addtodo@nonletters}
% \begin{macro}{\mst@addtodo@easynonletters}
% \begin{macro}{\mst@addtodo@az}
% \begin{macro}{\mst@addtodo@AZ}
% Added note |2016/01/06|:
%   Notice that the initially |\relax| tokens \verb+\mst@[before|after]@<letter>+
%   formed with |\csname...\endcsname| do not modify TeX's math layout:
%   |{\relax f\relax}| is like |f| (also for ligatures inside |\mathrm| for
%   example).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\mst@magic@v #1#2#3#4#5{#1#3#4}
\def\mst@magic@vi #1#2#3#4#5#6{#1#2#4#5}
\def\mst@fork{\ifmmode\mst@magic@v\fi\@thirdofthree}
\def\mst@safefork{\ifmmode\if@safe@actives\else\mst@magic@vi\fi\fi\@thirdofthree}
\def\mst@do@activecase#1#2#3{% #1 is a category 11 or 12 character token
    \@ifundefined{active@char#1}{}{%
         \ifcat #1a\mathcode`#1=#2\else
         \ifx\relax #2\relax\mathcode`#1=`#1 \else\mathcode`#1=#3\fi\fi
    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\let\expandafter\expandafter
                   \csname mst@orig@user@active#1\endcsname
                   \csname user@active#1\endcsname
    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\let\expandafter\expandafter
                   \csname mst@orig@normal@char#1\endcsname
                   \csname normal@char#1\endcsname
    \ifcat #1a%
      \expandafter\edef\csname user@active#1\endcsname
                   {\noexpand\mst@fork {{#2\noexpand#3}}{}\expandafter
                    \noexpand\csname mst@orig@user@active#1\endcsname
                   }%
      \expandafter\edef\csname normal@char#1\endcsname
                   {\noexpand\mst@safefork {{#2\noexpand#3}}{}\expandafter
                    \noexpand\csname mst@orig@normal@char#1\endcsname
                   }%
    \else
      \expandafter\edef\csname user@active#1\endcsname
                   {\noexpand\mst@fork {#2}\noexpand#3\expandafter
                    \noexpand\csname mst@orig@user@active#1\endcsname
                   }%
      \expandafter\edef\csname normal@char#1\endcsname
                   {\noexpand\mst@safefork {#2}\noexpand#3\expandafter
                    \noexpand\csname mst@orig@normal@char#1\endcsname
                   }%
    \fi}}
\begingroup
  \catcode`\~=\active
  \def\x{\endgroup
    \def\mst@mathactivate##1##2##3{% ##1 guaranteed of cat 11 or 12
      \begingroup
      \lccode`~=`##1
      \lccode`##1=`##1
      \lowercase{\endgroup
          \ifnum\catcode`##1=\active
            \mst@do@activecase ##1{##2}##3%
            % careful as ##2 is empty in the asterisk and
            % prime case! 
          \else
            \mathcode`##1="8000 
            % version 1.3 adds the possibility of extra skips around letters,
            % (only if non catcode active at the time of use).
            \ifcat##1a\edef~{% extra braces for a^b for example
               {\expandafter\noexpand\csname mst@before##1\endcsname
                ##2\noexpand##3%
                \expandafter\noexpand\csname mst@after##1\endcsname}}%
            \else\def~{##2##3}\fi
          \fi}}}
\x
\def\mst@addtodo@nonletters#1#2#3{% 
  % #1 will be of cat 11 or 12. 
  % #2 is empty for asterisk and right quote
  \mst@do@nonletters\expandafter
      {\the\mst@do@nonletters \mst@mathactivate#1{#2}#3}%
}
\def\mst@addtodo@easynonletters#1#2{% #1 is a one char control sequence
  \mst@do@easynonletters\expandafter{\the\mst@do@easynonletters\mathcode`#1=#2}%
}
\def\mst@addtodo@az#1#2{%
  \mst@do@az\expandafter{\the\mst@do@az\mst@mathactivate#1#2\mst@itcorr}
}
\def\mst@addtodo@AZ#1#2{%
  \mst@do@AZ\expandafter{\the\mst@do@AZ\mst@mathactivate#1#2\mst@ITcorr}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\newmcodes@}
% \begin{macro}{\mst@newmcodes@}
% \begin{macro}{\MTresetnewmcodes}
% \begin{macro}{\MTcustomizenewmcodes}
%   |1.15d|: the \cs{newmcodes@} amsmath macro causes an error in Unicode engines as soon
%   someone assigns a Unicode mathcode to the minus sign, and then makes a
%   \cs{DeclareMathOperator} declaration. Furthermore it hard-codes the font
%   family 0 as being the one to be used. Moreover just putting the concerned
%   signs |-|, |:|, |.|, |\| ,|'|, |*| inside braces emulates enough the
%   behavior (although the tick will give a prime).
%   
%   |1.3|: now tests if `basic' option was used.
%
%   |1.3d|: I should re-examine the situation with |\newmcodes@|. In the
%   meantime its relaxification will not be done if lualatex-math is
%   loaded. And the whole thing is put at begin document.
%
%   |1.3m|: |lualatex-math 1.5| n'a pas modifié son traitement de |\newmcodes@|
%   mais par contre a supprimé le patch de \cs{resetMathstrut@}. Mais la date
%   de release est restée à |2015/09/22| (date de |1.4a|) au lieu de quelque
%   chose comme |2016/03/13| (date pour l'annonce sur CTAN). Il faudra suivre
%   l'évolution future de |amsmath.sty| maintenant assurée par D.C.
%
%   |1.3n 2016/04/22|: there is no more a patch of |\newmcodes@| by
%   |lualatex-math 1.6| |(2016/04/16)|, as |amsmath 2016/03/10 v2.15b| has now
%   a version compatible with \LuaLaTeX.
%
%   My very radical |\let\newmcodes@\relax| was only a temporary measure I
%   adopted for lack of time on October 13, 2012, and apart from avoiding to
%   do that in case |lualatex-math| was detected, I never came back... finally
%   I handle it myself for |1.3n|. The remaining problem of this macro (now
%   that it does not anymore crash |lualatex| or vice versa) is that (also
%   with |amsmath| version |2016/03/10 v2.15b|) it hardcodes the font used.
%   The aim of the macro is to modify the type of spacing affected to symbols
%   |'|, |*|, |.|, |-|, |/|, |:|, in case they are used in operator names.
%
%   \begin{itemize}
%   \item As I don't want to monopolize a count register only for
%     computations, let's just be mean if \eTeX\ not there.
%   \item \mst makes (or not, depending on commands issued by the user) these
%     characters math active (the right tick already is), which complicates
%     recovery of former mathcode. We have mathchar type \emph{macros}, but
%     then the complication is in diverging behaviours of the engines:
%     |\numexpr\mst@varfam@minus\relax| works with \LuaTeX, not with \XeTeX.
%   \item the |*| must presumably really be the non-lowered text glyph.
%   \item for the |-| I hesitated but do use the hyphen in the end.
%   \item seems I simply don't understand what the amsmath code does with
%     \cs{std@minus}. It is used in \cs{relbar} and it escapes me why
%     \cs{newmcodes@} would ever want to redefine it, and more importantly why
%     on earth it tests the mathcode of |-| for that ? yes, \cs{std@minus} is
%     defined (at begin document) using the mathcode of |-|, but what's the
%     connexion to \cs{newmcodes@} ?? Any way \mst defines \cs{relbar} with
%     \cs{mst@minus@sign}. Thus I just drop this conditional.
%   \item things are complicated by the options such as |nominus|,
%     |noparenthesis|.
%   \item the \cs{newmcodes@} macro is anyhow assuming that if a new math font
%     is used it occupies math groups |0| and |1| !! very bad; fixing it in
%     passing if the character has not been handled by \mst could be
%     envisioned, but that's not \mst's job.
%     \item years go by, and I remain as baffled as ever about the story of
%     ``more than 16 math families''. I will not test again, but I am pretty
%     sure that \cs{DeclareMathSymbol} does not work with more than 16
%     families, thus when I try to be a good boy and use \cs{Umathcode} syntax
%     with |symmtoperatorfont| I am perhaps doing unnecessary efforts.
%   \item I noticed that \LuaLaTeX\ does not apply the ``TeX Ligature'' (bad
%     name) regarding the right tick APOSTROPHE being transformed into RIGHT
%     SINGLE QUOTATION MARK in math mode, but \XeLaTeX\ does. From the point
%     of view of \mst, the behaviour of \XeLaTeX\ is the coherent one. It
%     appears that \LuaLaTeX\ use in math mode of a text font does not obey
%     the set features, like this
%     \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/208688/oldstylefigure-issue-with-lualatex-and-mathastext}
%     perhaps illustrates. I opened a ticket at
%     \url{https://github.com/wspr/fontspec/issues/238}, but as usual it is
%     hard to figure out the best place where to report font matters.
%     \emph{This item might be obsolete -- not checked (1.3q).}
%     \item Some hesitation about what to do under option |symboldelimiters|. I
%     temporarily used |\symmtpsymbol|, except for the right quote and for the
%     hyphen, but finally  I drop that and use |\symmtoperatorfont| always.
%     (after testing how it looked like).
%   \end{itemize}
% All in all this is a great deal of trouble and I understand I postponed back
% in 2012! I spent some hours on this small thing, with consequent testing and
% for example this TeX Ligature issue with Unicode engines.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@basic\else
\ifx\numexpr\undefined
\else
  \ifmst@XeOrLua
  \AtBeginDocument {%
  \ifx\newmcodes@\@undefined\else
  \edef\mst@newmcodes@{%
   \mst@Umathcode `\noexpand\' 0 \symmtoperatorfont 39\relax
   \ifmst@asterisk
    \mst@Umathcode `\noexpand\* 0 \symmtoperatorfont 42\relax 
   \else\mathcode`\noexpand\* 42 
   \fi
   \ifmst@nopunct\mathcode `\noexpand\."613A \mathcode `\noexpand\: "603A
   \else
    \mst@Umathcode `\noexpand\. 6 \symmtoperatorfont 46\relax 
    \mst@Umathcode `\noexpand\: 6 \symmtoperatorfont 58\relax 
   \fi
   \ifmst@nominus\mathcode`\noexpand\- 45 
   \else
      \mst@Umathcode `\noexpand\- 0 \symmtoperatorfont 45\relax
   \fi
   \ifmst@noparen\mathcode `\noexpand\/  47 
   \else
      \mst@Umathcode `\noexpand\/ 0 \symmtoperatorfont 47\relax
   \fi
  }%
  \let\mst@originalnewmcodes@\newmcodes@
  \fi
  }
  \else
  \AtBeginDocument {%
  \ifx\newmcodes@\@undefined\else
  \edef\mst@newmcodes@{%
    \mathcode`\noexpand\' \the\numexpr\symmtoperatorfont*\@cclvi+39\relax
    \mathcode`\noexpand\* 
      \the\numexpr\ifmst@asterisk\symmtoperatorfont*\@cclvi\fi+42\relax
    \ifmst@nopunct\mathcode `\noexpand\."613A \mathcode `\noexpand\: "603A
    \else
      \mathcode`\noexpand\. \the\numexpr\mst@varfam@dot-"1000\relax
      \mathcode`\noexpand\: \the\numexpr\mst@varfam@colon-"1000\relax
    \fi
    \mathcode`\noexpand\- 
     \the\numexpr\unless\ifmst@nominus\symmtoperatorfont*\@cclvi\fi+45\relax
    \mathcode`\noexpand\/ 
     \the\numexpr\unless\ifmst@noparen\symmtoperatorfont*\@cclvi\fi+47\relax\relax
    }%
  \let\mst@originalnewmcodes@\newmcodes@
  \fi
  }
  \fi
\fi\fi
\newcommand*\MTresetnewmcodes{\ifx\mst@originalnewmcodes@\undefined\else
                               \let\newmcodes@\mst@originalnewmcodes@\fi}
\newcommand*\MTcustomizenewmcodes{\ifx\mst@originalnewmcodes@\undefined\else
                               \let\newmcodes@\mst@newmcodes@\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{subdued}
%   |1.15|: The subdued code was initiated in May 2011. I returned to
%   |mathastext| on Sep 24, 2012, and decided to complete what I had started
%   then, but in the mean time I had forgotten almost all of the little I knew
%   about \LaTeX{} macro programming.
%
%   The point was to extract the data about how are `letters' and
%   `operators' in the normal and bold versions, through obtaining the
%   math families of `a' and `1', respectively$^1$. Due to the
%   reassignements done for characters by |mathastext| I also had
%   decided in 2011 that the OT1 encoding, if detected, should be
%   replaced by T1 ($(1)$: but the \emph{euler} package for example
%   assigns the digits to the \emph{letters} symbol font...)
%
%   |1.15d|: Oct 13, 2012. The \cs{mathcode} thing has to be used with care
%   under Unicode engines. Unfortunately the \cs{luatexUmathcode} macro is
%   helpless as it is not possible to know if it will return a legacy mathcode
%   or a Unicode mathcode. On the other hand the much saner
%   \cs{XeTeXmathcodenum} always return a Unicode mathcode. 
%
%   {UPDATE for \mst\ 1.3 (|2013/09/02|): since the release of lualatex as
%   included in 
%   TL2013, \cs{luatexUmathcodenum} behaves as \cs{XeTeXmathcodenum} so \mst 1.3
%   treats identically under both unicode engines the equal and minus signs (and
%   the vertical bar).}
%
%   |1.15e|: Oct 22, 2012. I add the necessary things to also subdue the
%   \cs{mathbf}, \cs{mathit}, \cs{mathsf} and \cs{mathtt} macros (previous
%   version only took care of the symbol alphabets \cs{mathnormal} and
%   \cs{mathrm}.) [update: |1.15f| does that in a completely different and much
%   simpler way] Notice that the package defines a \cs{mathnormalbold} macro,
%   but it will not be subdued in the normal and bold math versions.
%
%   |1.15f|: Oct 23, 2012. The previous version of the code queried the math
%   family of a, respectively 1, to guess and then extract the fonts to be
%   reassigned to mtletterfont and mtoperatorfont (which is done at the end of
%   this .sty file). The present code simply directly uses letters and operators
%   (so mathastext could not subdue itself... if it was somehow cloned), but
%   obtains indeed the corresponding font specifications in normal and bold in a
%   cleaner manner. But it is so much shorter (and avoids the \LuaLaTeX{}
%   problem with \cs{luatexUmathcode}). Anyhow, for example the euler package
%   puts the digits in the letters math family! so the previous method was also
%   error prone. In fact there is no way to do this subdued mechanism on the
%   basis of the legacy code of mathastext. The only way is to rewrite entirely
%   the package to query all mathcodes of things it changes in order to be able
%   to revert these changes (and one would have to do even more hacking for
%   |\mathversion{normal}| and not only |\MTversion{normal}| to work).
%
%   |1.15f|: and also I take this opportunity to do the subdued math
%   alphabets things in a much much easier way, see below.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@subdued
  \def\mst@reserved#1\getanddefine@fonts\symletters#2#3\@nil{%
        \def\mst@normalmv@letter{#2}}
  \expandafter\mst@reserved\mv@normal\@nil
  \def\mst@reserved#1\getanddefine@fonts\symletters#2#3\@nil{%
        \def\mst@boldmv@letter{#2}}
  \expandafter\mst@reserved\mv@bold\@nil
  \def\mst@reserved#1\getanddefine@fonts\symoperators#2#3\@nil{%
        \def\mst@normalmv@operator{#2}}
  \expandafter\mst@reserved\mv@normal\@nil
  \def\mst@reserved#1\getanddefine@fonts\symoperators#2#3\@nil{%
        \def\mst@boldmv@operator{#2}}
  \expandafter\mst@reserved\mv@bold\@nil
%%
  \edef\mst@tmp{\encodingdefault}
  \def\mst@reserved#1/#2/#3/#4/{\gdef\mst@debut{#1}\gdef\mst@reste{#2/#3/#4}}
  \begingroup\escapechar\m@ne
      \xdef\mst@funnyoti{\expandafter\string\csname OT1\endcsname}
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
          \mst@reserved\expandafter\string\mst@normalmv@operator/
  \endgroup
  \ifx\mst@debut\mst@funnyoti\ifx\mst@tmp\mst@oti\def\mst@tmp{T1}\fi\fi
  \edef\mst@normalmv@operator{\expandafter\noexpand\csname 
                               \mst@tmp/\mst@reste\endcsname}
  \begingroup\escapechar\m@ne
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
          \mst@reserved\expandafter\string\mst@boldmv@operator/
  \endgroup
  \ifx\mst@debut\mst@funnyoti\ifx\mst@tmp\mst@oti\def\mst@tmp{T1}\fi\fi
  \edef\mst@boldmv@operator{\expandafter\noexpand\csname 
                             \mst@tmp/\mst@reste\endcsname}
  \AtEndOfPackage{
  \typeout{** ...entering subdued mode...}
  \expandafter\SetSymbolFont@ \expandafter\mv@normal\mst@normalmv@letter\symmtletterfont
  \expandafter\SetSymbolFont@ \expandafter\mv@bold\mst@boldmv@letter\symmtletterfont
  \expandafter\SetSymbolFont@ \expandafter\mv@normal\mst@normalmv@operator\symmtoperatorfont
  \expandafter\SetSymbolFont@ \expandafter\mv@bold\mst@boldmv@operator\symmtoperatorfont
  \typeout{** ...done.}
  }
\fi % fin de ce \ifmst@subdued
%    \end{macrocode}
%  In the short-lived |1.15e| I was doing the following for alphabets:\\
%  |\def\mst@reservedc#1#2#3#4{\def\mst@normalmv@mathbf{#4#3}}|\\
%  |\def\mst@reserveda#1{%|\\
%  |\def\mst@reservedb##1\install@mathalphabet#1##2##3\@nil{\mst@reservedc##2}%|\\
%  |\expandafter\mst@reservedb\mv@normal\@nil}|\\
%  |\expandafter\mst@reserveda\csname mathbf\space\endcsname|\\
%  and later in the code:\\
%  |\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\SetMathAlphabet@|\\
%  |\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\mv@normal|\\
%  |\expandafter\mst@normalmv@mathbf\csname Mathbf\space \endcsname\Mathbf|\\
%  It does work! but |\let\mst@original@bf\mathbf| is so
%  much simpler. And also safer, because \cs{mathbf} could have been
%  redefined using \cs{DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet}... (I could have
%  provided the necessary check to the already bloated code...)
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{mtoperatorfont}
%   Declaration of the current default font as our math
%   font. The characteristics of the used font can be
%   changed by a user call to the macros \cs{Mathastext} or
%   \cs{Mathastextwilluse}, which will be defined next. We
%   will also make one internal call to \cs{Mathastext} to
%   set up the normal and bold math versions, so we will
%   also employ \cs{SetSymbolFont} later. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareSymbolFont{mtoperatorfont}{\mst@enc}{\mst@fam}{\mst@ser}{\mst@opsh}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\operator@font}
%   We modify this \LaTeX{} internal variable in order for the
%   predefined \cs{cos}, \cs{sin}, etc\dots to be typeset with the
%   |mathastext| font.  This will also work for things declared
%   through the |amsmath| package command
%   \cs{DeclareMathOperator}. The alternative would have been to
%   redefine the `operators' Math Symbol Font. Obviously people
%   who expect that \cs{operator@font} will always refer to the
%   `operators' math font might be in for a surprise\dots{} well,
%   we'll see.
% \begin{macro}{\MTmathoperators-}\begin{macro}{obeymathxx}
% \begin{macro}{\MTmathoperators-}\begin{macro}{donot-}\begin{macro}{obeymathxx}
%       |1.2|: rather than just replacing \cs{symoperators} by
%       \cs{symmtoperatorfont} I add a modification which makes the
%       declared operator names sensitive to the math alphabets... ouh le
%       vilain!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\MTmathoperatorsobeymathxx}
{\def\operator@font{\mathgroup\ifnum\fam=\m@ne\symmtoperatorfont\else\fam\fi}}
\newcommand*{\MTmathoperatorsdonotobeymathxx}
{\def\operator@font{\mathgroup\symmtoperatorfont}}
\MTmathoperatorsobeymathxx
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{mtletterfont}
%   In version |1.1|, we add the possibility to mimick the standard
%   behavior, that is to have italic letters and upright
%   digits. Thanks to Tariq~\textsc{Perwez} and
%   Kevin~\textsc{Klement} who asked for such a feature.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareSymbolFont{mtletterfont}{\mst@enc}{\mst@fam}{\mst@ser}{\mst@ltsh}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\MTfixmathfonts}
%   There is a long-standing issue
%   \url{https://github.com/lualatex/luaotfload/issues/204} on \LuaLaTeX{} not
%   applying OpenType features in math mode (this impacts |\url| macro too, as
%   it uses math mode.) Lua\TeX{} has two modes for handling of OpenType
%   fonts, the default in text being to use the |node| mode, and this mode is
%   non-working in math, thus \mst needs to force use of |base| mode. Else one
%   sees old style figures where one does not expect them, or the opposite,
%   depending on the default font feature, see for example \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/208688/oldstylefigure-issue-with-lualatex-and-mathastext/277628}.
%
%   Once we know the cause, the fix is relatively easy. I will go for the
%   |\everymath| way, because I don't want to dwelve at all with the details
%   of \LaTeX's handling of math fonts, of size changes, of math versions
%   etc... perhaps in the future \LaTeX{} will fix the issue upstream by modifying
%   \cs{DeclareSymbolFont} under \LuaLaTeX{} + |luaotfload| regime, then the
%   present patch by \mst will be unneeded. Naturally, here we care only about
%   the two maths fonts used by \mst: |mtoperatorfont| and |mtletterfont|.
%
%   For the |\url| situation, I have posted a patch at:
%   \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/264206/cant-get-oldstyle-figures-in-url-with-lualatex}.
%
%   Not all is resolved, as I comment at
%   \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/307585/4686} and at
%   \url{https://github.com/lualatex/luaotfload/issues/204#issuecomment-216465680}
%   that with |TeX Gyre Termes| for example I can not get simultaneously Old
%   Style and Tabular Figures to work in math mode, although the font name as
%   constructed by my patch (which is like the code below, only simpler as we
%   only have to consider |\textfont0|) is the correct one. Similarly with
%   |Vollkorn|: I can then not get the two features |lnum| and |tnum| to work
%   simultaneously when specified with |mode=base|. It does work with
%   |mode=node| but this mode ``does not work in math mode.''
%
% Done for |1.3o| of |2016/05/03|.
%
% |1.3p| renames the macro to \cs{MTfixmathfonts} for public access.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup
\catcode`N 12
\catcode`O 12
\catcode`D 12
\catcode`E 12
\lowercase{\gdef\mst@fixmathfonts@ #1=NODE;#2#3\relax #4\@empty #5}%
  {\ifx#2\empty\else\font\mst@mathfont=#1=base;#2#3\relax#5=\mst@mathfont\fi}
\lowercase{\gdef\MTfixmathfonts
{\expandafter\mst@fixmathfonts@
  \fontname\textfont\symmtoperatorfont\relax\relax=NODE;\empty\relax\@empty
   {\textfont\symmtoperatorfont}%
 \expandafter\mst@fixmathfonts@
  \fontname\scriptfont\symmtoperatorfont\relax\relax=NODE;\empty\relax\@empty
   {\scriptfont\symmtoperatorfont}%
 \expandafter\mst@fixmathfonts@
  \fontname\scriptscriptfont\symmtoperatorfont\relax\relax=NODE;\empty\relax\@empty
   {\scriptscriptfont\symmtoperatorfont}%
 \expandafter\mst@fixmathfonts@
  \fontname\textfont\symmtletterfont\relax\relax=NODE;\empty\relax\@empty
   {\textfont\symmtletterfont}%
 \expandafter\mst@fixmathfonts@
  \fontname\scriptfont\symmtletterfont\relax\relax=NODE;\empty\relax\@empty
   {\scriptfont\symmtletterfont}%
 \expandafter\mst@fixmathfonts@
  \fontname\scriptscriptfont\symmtletterfont\relax\relax=NODE;\empty\relax\@empty
   {\scriptscriptfont\symmtletterfont}%
  }%
}%
\endgroup
\ifmst@LuaTeX
  \everymath\expandafter{\the\everymath\mst@fixmathfonts}%
  \everydisplay\expandafter{\the\everydisplay\mst@fixmathfonts}%
\fi
\newcommand*\MTfixfonts{\let\mst@fixmathfonts\MTfixmathfonts}%
\newcommand*\MTdonotfixfonts{\let\mst@fixmathfonts\empty}%
\MTfixfonts
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\Mathnormal}
% \begin{macro}{\Mathrm}
% \begin{macro}{\Mathbf}
% \begin{macro}{\Mathit}
% \begin{macro}{\Mathsf}
% \begin{macro}{\Mathtt}
% \begin{macro}{\mathnormalbold}
%   We redefine the default normal, rm, bf, it, sf, and tt alphabets,
%   but this will be done via |\renewcommand{\mathrm}{\Mathrm}| etc\dots
%   and (|1.15f|) the previous status of the math alphabets is recorded for the
%   sake of the |subdued| option. 
%
%   We follow the standard \LaTeX{} behavior for \cs{mathbf}, which is
%   to pick up the bold series of the roman font (digits and operator
%   names).
%
%   We will access (if no option is passed for Greek) the \cs{omicron}
%   via \cs{mathnormal}. But unfortunately the |fourier| package with the
%   upright option does not have an upright omicron obtainable by simply
%   typing \cs{mathnormal}|{o}|. So if |fourier| is loaded we use
%   \cs{mathrm} and not \cs{mathnormal}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\mst@alph@omicron\mathnormal 
\@ifpackageloaded{fourier}{\ifsloped\else\let\mst@alph@omicron\mathrm\fi}{}
\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\Mathnormal}{mtletterfont}
\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\Mathrm}{mtoperatorfont}
\ifmst@nonormalbold\else
   \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathnormalbold}{\mst@enc}{\mst@fam}{\mst@bold}{\mst@ltsh}
\fi
\ifmst@defaultbf\else
   \DeclareMathAlphabet{\Mathbf}{\mst@enc}{\mst@fam}{\mst@bold}{\mst@opsh}
\fi
\ifmst@defaultit\else
   \DeclareMathAlphabet{\Mathit}{\mst@enc}{\mst@fam}{\mst@ser}{\itdefault}
\fi
\ifmst@defaultsf\else
   \DeclareMathAlphabet{\Mathsf}{\mst@enc}{\sfdefault}{\mst@ser}{\mst@opsh}
\fi
\ifmst@defaulttt\else
   \DeclareMathAlphabet{\Mathtt}{\mst@enc}{\ttdefault}{\mst@ser}{\mst@opsh}
\fi
\let\mst@original@normal\mathnormal
\let\mst@original@rm\mathrm
\let\mst@original@bf\mathbf
\let\mst@original@it\mathit
\let\mst@original@sf\mathsf
\let\mst@original@tt\mathtt
\def\mst@restorealphabets{% for subdued
    \let\mathnormal\mst@original@normal
    \let\mathrm\mst@original@rm
    \let\mathbf\mst@original@bf
    \let\mathit\mst@original@it
    \let\mathsf\mst@original@sf
    \let\mathtt\mst@original@tt}
\def\mst@setalphabets{%
    \ifmst@defaultnormal\else\renewcommand{\mathnormal}{\Mathnormal}\fi
    \ifmst@defaultrm\else\renewcommand{\mathrm}{\Mathrm}\fi
    \ifmst@defaultbf\else\renewcommand{\mathbf}{\Mathbf}\fi
    \ifmst@defaultit\else\renewcommand{\mathit}{\Mathit}\fi
    \ifmst@defaultsf\else\renewcommand{\mathsf}{\Mathsf}\fi
    \ifmst@defaulttt\else\renewcommand{\mathtt}{\Mathtt}\fi}
\ifmst@subdued\else\mst@setalphabets\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{LGRgreek}
% \begin{macro}{selfGreek}
% \begin{macro}{mtlgrfontupper}
% \begin{macro}{mtlgrfontlower}
% \begin{macro}{mtselfGreekfont}
%   |1.14b|: We can not move the \cs{DeclareSymbolFont} to the
%   \cs{Mathastext} macro because it resets the font family in *all*
%   math versions, and some could have been defined by the user with
%   previous calls to \cs{Mathastext}. So we have to have them here.
%   The problem is that at this stage it is impossible to know if we
%   really need (in the case of LGRgreek) two separate shapes for
%   upper and lowercase, and (in the case of selfGreek) a shape
%   distinct from the one used in |mtoperatorfont|. So I opted in the
%   end for declaring possibly one too many font. To achieve more
%   economy the only way would be to keep cumulative track of all
%   previously declared math versions and to redeclare appropriately
%   the LGR or self greek fonts at each call to \cs{Mathastext} (with
%   no optional argument): a bit painful, and as I am possibly the
%   sole user in the world of this possibility of multiple math
%   versions with this package. Also the advantage to systematically
%   allocate a font for the selfGreek option is that we can force the
%   use of the OT1 encoding.
%
%   First we establish the cumulative effect of the greek related options.
%
%   |1.15c| introduces some possibilities to change the shapes of Greek letters
%   in each math versions, and even the Greek font (in LGR encoding). The
%   commands \cs{MTitgreek} etc... will be used in-between calls to
%   \cs{Mathastext} and re-adjust the shapes. And the command \cs{MTgreekfont}
%   changes the Greek font family.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\mst@update@greeksh{
  \def\mst@greek@lsh{\mst@ltsh} %% default behavior
  \def\mst@greek@ush{\mst@opsh}
    \ifmst@itgreek\def\mst@greek@lsh{\itdefault}
                     \def\mst@greek@ush{\itdefault}\fi
    \ifmst@upgreek\def\mst@greek@lsh{\updefault}
                     \def\mst@greek@ush{\updefault}\fi
    \ifmst@frenchmath
      \ifmst@itgreek\else
      \ifmst@upgreek\else
        \def\mst@greek@lsh{\mst@opsh}
        \def\mst@greek@ush{\mst@opsh}
      \fi\fi
    \fi
    \ifcase\mst@greek@select
        \or\def\mst@greek@ush{\itdefault}
        \or\def\mst@greek@ush{\updefault}
    \fi}
\mst@update@greeksh
\ifmst@LGRgreek
    \DeclareFontEncoding{LGR}{}{}
    \DeclareSymbolFont{mtlgrfontlower}{LGR}{\mst@fam}{\mst@ser}{\mst@greek@lsh}
    \DeclareSymbolFont{mtlgrfontupper}{LGR}{\mst@fam}{\mst@ser}{\mst@greek@ush}
\else
\ifmst@selfGreek
    \DeclareSymbolFont{mtselfGreekfont}{OT1}{\mst@fam}{\mst@ser}{\mst@greek@ush}
\fi\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{mteulervm}
% \begin{macro}{\MathEuler}
% \begin{macro}{\MathEulerBold}
% In case we need the Euler font, we declare it here. It will use
% |uzeur.fd| from the |eulervm| package of Walter~\textsc{Schmidt}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@needeuler\typeout{** will use Euler font; command \string\MTEulerScale}
\DeclareSymbolFont{mteulervm}{U}{zeur}{m}{n}
\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\MathEuler}{mteulervm}
\DeclareMathAlphabet{\MathEulerBold}{U}{zeur}{\mst@bold}{n}
\fi
\newcommand*\MTEulerScale[1]{\edef\zeu@Scale{#1}}
\let\MathastextEulerScale\MTEulerScale
%    \end{macrocode}
% \LaTeXe{} has a strange initial configuration where the
% capital Greek letters are of type |mathalpha|, but the
% lower Greek letters of type |mathord|, so that \cs{mathbf}
% does not act on them, although lowercase Greek letters and
% Latin letters are from the same font. This is because
% \cs{mathbf} is set up to be like a bold version of
% \cs{mathrm}, and \cs{mathrm} uses the `operators' font, by
% default |cmr|, where there are NO lowercase greek
% letters. This set-up is ok for the Capital Greek letters
% which are together with the Latin letters in both |cmmi|
% and |cmr|.
%
% The package eulervm sets the lowercase Greek letters to be
% of type |mathalpha|, the default \cs{mathbf} and
% \cs{mathrm} will act wierdly on them, but a \cs{mathbold}
% is defined which will use the bold series of the Euler
% roman font, it gives something coherent for Latin and
% Greek \emph{lowercase} letters, and this is possible
% because the same font contains upright forms for them all.
%
% Here in |mathastext|, Latin letters and Greek letters (lower and upper case)
% must be (generally) assumed to come from two different fonts, as a result the
% standard \cs{mathbf} (and \cs{mathrm}) will give weird results when used for
% Greek letters. We could coerce \cs{mathbf} to do something reasonable (cf
% |http://tug.org/pipermail/texhax/2011-January/016605.html|) but at this time
% |30-01-2011 09:42:27 CET| I decided I would not try to implement it here. I
% prefer to respect the default things.
%
% I followed the simpler idea of the |eulervm| package and
% defineed \cs{MathEuler} and \cs{MathEulerBold} alphabet
% commands (the |eulervm| package does this only for the
% bold font).
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{mtpsymbol}
% \begin{macro}{\MathPSymbol}
% In case we need the Symbol font, we declare it here. The macro
% \cs{psy@scale} will be used to scale the font (see at the
% very end of this file).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@needsymbol\typeout{** will use Symbol font; command \string\MTSymbolScale}
 \def\psy@scale{1}
 \DeclareSymbolFont{mtpsymbol}{U}{psy}{m}{n}
 \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\MathPSymbol}{mtpsymbol}
\AtBeginDocument{%
  \DeclareFontFamily{U}{psy}{}%
  \DeclareFontShape{U}{psy}{m}{n}{<->s*[\psy@scale] psyr}{}%
}
\fi
\newcommand*\MTSymbolScale[1]{\edef\psy@scale{#1}}
\let\MathastextSymbolScale\MTSymbolScale
%    \end{macrocode}
% I did not choose for name \cs{MathSymbol} as this may
% be defined somewhere for another thing.  There is no bold
% for the postscript Symbol font distributed with the
% \LaTeXe{} |psnffs| core package.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\pmvec}
% Definition of a poor man version of the \cs{vec} accent
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRobustCommand*\pmvec[1]{\mathord{\stackrel{\raisebox{-.5ex}%
{\tiny\boldmath$\mathord{\rightarrow}$}}{{}#1}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\fouriervec}
%   The glyph is taken from the Fourier font of
%   Michel~\textsc{Bovani}. Note: (oct 2012) I should not allocate an
%   entire symbol font just for one glyph! But I have not given any
%   serious thought to what one can do to simulate a math accent
%   without doing such a wasteful thing.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@fouriervec
  \DeclareFontEncoding{FML}{}{}
  \DeclareFontSubstitution{FML}{futm}{m}{it}
  \DeclareSymbolFont{mathastextfourier}{FML}{futm}{m}{it}
  \SetSymbolFont{mathastextfourier}{bold}{FML}{futm}{b}{it}
  \DeclareMathAccent{\fouriervec}{\mathord}{mathastextfourier}{"7E}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\MTencoding}
% \begin{macro}{\MTfamily}
% \begin{macro}{\MTseries}
% \begin{macro}{\MTshape}
% \begin{macro}{\MTboldvariant}
% \begin{macro}{\MTlettershape}
%   Some public macros to modify our private internals, and
%   we will use them also ourself.
%
%   In version |1.1| we add the possibility to have two
%   distinct font shapes for letters and digits. So in fact
%   we could as well have two really unrelated fonts but
%   this is really not the spirit of the package.
%
%   Note that using these macros in the preamble allows \cs{Mathastext}
%   to set up math versions with a given font for math mode, and at the
%   same time not modifying the \cs{familydefault} or \cs{romandefault}
%   etc\dots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\MTencoding[1]{\def\mst@enc{#1}}
\newcommand*\MTfamily[1]{\def\mst@fam{#1}}
\newcommand*\MTseries[1]{\def\mst@ser{#1}}
\newcommand*\MTshape[1]{\def\mst@opsh{#1}
  \ifmst@italic\else\def\mst@ltsh{#1}\fi}
\newcommand*\MTboldvariant[1]{\def\mst@bold{#1}}
\newcommand*\MTlettershape[1]{\def\mst@ltsh{#1}}
\let\Mathastextencoding\MTencoding
\let\Mathastextfamily\MTfamily
\let\Mathastextseries\MTseries
\let\Mathastextshape\MTshape
\let\Mathastextboldvariant\MTboldvariant
\let\Mathastextlettershape\MTlettershape
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\MTitgreek}
% \begin{macro}{\MTupgreek}
% \begin{macro}{\MTitGreek}
% \begin{macro}{\MTupGreek}
% \begin{macro}{\MTgreekfont}
%   |1.15c|: These new macros can be used in-between calls to \cs{Mathastext}.
%   They reset the shapes for Greek letters (applies to LGRgreek(s) and
%   selfGreek(s) options). The \cs{MTgreekfont} presupposes either LGRgreek or
%   selfGreek. |\MTgreekfont{\familydefault}| acts like turning on LGRgreeks or
%   selfGreeks.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \newcommand*\MTitgreek{%
\mst@itgreektrue\mst@upgreekfalse\def\mst@greek@select{0}}
    \newcommand*\MTupgreek{%
\mst@upgreektrue\mst@itgreekfalse\def\mst@greek@select{0}}
    \newcommand*\MTitGreek{\def\mst@greek@select{1}}
    \newcommand*\MTupGreek{\def\mst@greek@select{2}}
\let\Mathastextitgreek\MTitgreek
\let\Mathastextupgreek\MTupgreek
\let\MathastextitGreek\MTitGreek
\let\MathastextupGreek\MTupGreek
\@onlypreamble\MTitgreek
\@onlypreamble\MTupgreek
\@onlypreamble\MTitGreek
\@onlypreamble\MTitGreek
\@onlypreamble\Mathastextitgreek
\@onlypreamble\Mathastextupgreek
\@onlypreamble\MathastextitGreek
\@onlypreamble\MathastextitGreek
    \newcommand*\MTgreekfont[1]{\def\mst@greekfont{#1}}
\let\Mathastextgreekfont\MTgreekfont
\@onlypreamble\MTgreekfont
\@onlypreamble\Mathastextgreekfont
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%  \begin{macro}{\MTWillUse}
% This is a preamble-only command, which can be used more than once, only the
% latest one counts. Sets up the math fonts in the normal and bold
% versions, as does \cs{Mathastext}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\MTWillUse[5][]{
  \MTencoding{#2}
  \MTfamily{#3}
  \MTseries{#4}
  \MTshape{#5}
    \ifmst@italic\MTlettershape{\itdefault}\fi % was missing in v 1.14 and prior
  \edef\mst@tmp{#1}
  \ifx\mst@tmp\empty\else\MTlettershape{#1}\fi
  \Mathastext}
\let\MathastextWillUse\MTWillUse
\let\Mathastextwilluse\MTWillUse
\@onlypreamble\MTWillUse
\@onlypreamble\MathastextWillUse
\@onlypreamble\Mathastextwilluse
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%  \begin{macro}{\Mathastext}
%    The command \cs{Mathastext} can be used anywhere in the
%    preamble and any number of time, the last one is the
%    one that counts.
%
%    In version |1.1| we have two fonts: they only differ in
%    shape. The |mtletterfont| is for letters, and the
%    |mtoperatorfont| for digits and log-like operator
%    names. The default is that both are upright.
%
%    Starting with version |1.12|, an optional argument makes
%    \cs{Mathastext} act as the declaration of a math
%    version, to be later used in the document.
%
%    Versions |1.15x| brought some adaptations related to the subdued
%    option.
%
%    |1.3c| adds a second optional parameter to inherit previous settings
%    from another version; mostly done to inherit the bold version fonts for
%    symbols and large symbols. This is done in |\MTDeclareVersion|.
%
%    |1.3j| moves the code related to \cs{MTicinmath} from \cs{Mathastext@} to
%    \cs{AtBeginDocument} (code depending on whether |subdued| option in use).
%    But we omit for this from \cs{MTicinmath} the \cs{MTmathactiveletters}
%    and issue the latter during loading of package, hence allowing
%    \cs{MTmathstandardletters} to be effective in the preamble.
%
%    I forgot to document that under |subdued| option the \cs{Mathastext}
%    command without optional parameter does not any |\SetSymbolFont| etc...
%    has a few other taks to complete nevertheless.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\Mathastext {\@ifnextchar [\Mathastext@declare\Mathastext@ }
\def\Mathastext@declare [#1]{%
  \edef\mst@tmp{#1}%
  \ifx\mst@tmp\empty
       \expandafter\@firstoftwo
  \else\expandafter\@secondoftwo
  \fi
  \Mathastext@
  {\MTDeclareVersion[\mst@ltsh]{#1}{\mst@enc}{\mst@fam}{\mst@ser}{\mst@opsh}}%
}
\def\Mathastext@ {%
  \mst@update@greeksh 
  \edef\mst@encoding@normal{\mst@enc}%
  \edef\mst@family@normal{\mst@fam}%
  \edef\mst@series@normal{\mst@ser}%
  \edef\mst@shape@normal{\mst@opsh}%
  \edef\mst@ltshape@normal{\mst@ltsh}%
  \edef\mst@itdefault@normal{\itdefault}%
  \edef\mst@rmdefault@normal{\rmdefault}%
  \edef\mst@sfdefault@normal{\sfdefault}%
  \edef\mst@ttdefault@normal{\ttdefault}%
  \edef\mst@boldvariant@normal{\mst@bold}%
  \edef\mst@exists@skip@normal{\mst@exists@skip}%
  \edef\mst@forall@skip@normal{\mst@forall@skip}%
  \edef\mst@prime@skip@normal{\mst@prime@skip}%
  \edef\mst@encoding@bold{\mst@enc}%
  \edef\mst@family@bold{\mst@fam}%
  \edef\mst@series@bold{\mst@bold}%
  \edef\mst@shape@bold{\mst@opsh}%
  \edef\mst@ltshape@bold{\mst@ltsh}%
  \edef\mst@boldvariant@bold{\mst@bold}%
  \edef\mst@itdefault@bold{\itdefault}%
  \edef\mst@rmdefault@bold{\rmdefault}%
  \edef\mst@sfdefault@bold{\sfdefault}%
  \edef\mst@ttdefault@bold{\ttdefault}%
  \edef\mst@exists@skip@bold{\mst@exists@skip}%
  \edef\mst@forall@skip@bold{\mst@forall@skip}%
  \edef\mst@prime@skip@bold{\mst@prime@skip}%
  \ifmst@subdued
%    \end{macrocode}
% Since |1.3j| this branch is actually almost superfluous, as entering
% |normal| or |bold| with \cs{MTversion} does \cs{MTnormalexists},
% \cs{MTnormalforall}, and \cs{MTnormalprime}. But some default values are
% needed if the user insists on issuing \cs{MTexistsdoesskip}, etc...
% nevertheless.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \def\mst@exists@skip@normal{0mu}%
    \def\mst@forall@skip@normal{0mu}%
    \def\mst@prime@skip@normal{0mu}%
    \def\mst@exists@skip@bold{0mu}%
    \def\mst@forall@skip@bold{0mu}%
    \def\mst@prime@skip@bold{0mu}%
  \else % not subdued
    \ifmst@italic
      \ifmst@frenchmath
        \mst@exists@muskip\mst@exists@skip\relax
        \mst@forall@muskip\mst@forall@skip\relax
        \mst@prime@muskip\mst@prime@skip\relax
      \else
       \def\mst@exists@skip@normal{0mu}%
       \def\mst@forall@skip@normal{0mu}%
       \def\mst@prime@skip@normal{0mu}%
       \def\mst@exists@skip@bold{0mu}%
       \def\mst@forall@skip@bold{0mu}%
       \def\mst@prime@skip@bold{0mu}%
      \fi
    \else
        \mst@exists@muskip\mst@exists@skip\relax
        \mst@forall@muskip\mst@forall@skip\relax
        \mst@prime@muskip\mst@prime@skip\relax
    \fi
  \fi
%% v1.15f 
  \ifmst@nonormalbold\else
   \SetMathAlphabet{\mathnormalbold}{normal}{\mst@encoding@normal}%
                                 {\mst@family@normal}%
                                 {\mst@boldvariant@normal}%
                                 {\mst@ltshape@normal}%
   \SetMathAlphabet{\mathnormalbold}{bold}{\mst@encoding@bold}%
                                 {\mst@family@bold}%
                                 {\mst@boldvariant@bold}%
                                 {\mst@ltshape@bold}%
  \fi
%% v1.15f adds \ifmst@default.. checks
  \ifmst@subdued\else
   \SetSymbolFont{mtletterfont}{normal}{\mst@encoding@normal}%
                                       {\mst@family@normal}%
                                       {\mst@series@normal}%
                                       {\mst@ltshape@normal}%
   \SetSymbolFont{mtletterfont}{bold}  {\mst@encoding@bold}%
                                       {\mst@family@bold}%
                                       {\mst@series@bold}%
                                       {\mst@ltshape@bold}%
   \SetSymbolFont{mtoperatorfont}{normal}{\mst@encoding@normal}%
                                       {\mst@family@normal}%
                                       {\mst@series@normal}%
                                       {\mst@shape@normal}%
   \SetSymbolFont{mtoperatorfont}{bold} {\mst@encoding@bold}%
                                       {\mst@family@bold}%
                                       {\mst@series@bold}%
                                       {\mst@shape@bold}%
   \ifmst@defaultbf\else
    \SetMathAlphabet{\Mathbf}{normal}{\mst@encoding@normal}%
                                 {\mst@family@normal}%
                                 {\mst@series@bold}%
                                 {\mst@shape@normal}%
    \SetMathAlphabet{\Mathbf}{bold}{\mst@encoding@bold}%
                                 {\mst@family@bold}%
                                 {\mst@series@bold}%
                                 {\mst@shape@bold}%
   \fi
   \ifmst@defaultit\else
    \SetMathAlphabet{\Mathit}{normal}{\mst@encoding@normal}%
                                 {\mst@family@normal}%
                                 {\mst@series@normal}%
                                 {\mst@itdefault@normal}%
    \SetMathAlphabet{\Mathit}{bold}{\mst@encoding@bold}%
                                 {\mst@family@bold}%
                                 {\mst@series@bold}%
                                 {\mst@itdefault@bold}%
   \fi
   \ifmst@defaultsf\else
    \SetMathAlphabet{\Mathsf}{normal}{\mst@encoding@normal}%
                                 {\mst@sfdefault@normal}%
                                 {\mst@series@normal}%
                                 {\mst@shape@normal}%
    \SetMathAlphabet{\Mathsf}{bold}{\mst@encoding@bold}%
                                 {\mst@sfdefault@bold}%
                                 {\mst@series@bold}%
                                 {\mst@shape@bold}%
   \fi
   \ifmst@defaulttt\else
    \SetMathAlphabet{\Mathtt}{normal}{\mst@encoding@normal}%
                                 {\mst@ttdefault@normal}%
                                 {\mst@series@normal}%
                                 {\mst@shape@normal}%
    \SetMathAlphabet{\Mathtt}{bold}{\mst@encoding@bold}%
                                 {\mst@ttdefault@bold}%
                                 {\mst@series@bold}%
                                 {\mst@shape@bold}%
   \fi
  \fi % de \ifmst@subdued
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\MathEulerBold}
%   |1.14c|: We reset |mteulervm| and \cs{MathEulerBold} here as the
%   variant for bold may have been changed by the user via
%   \cs{Mathastextboldvariant}|{m}|; and we should keep this local to
%   math versions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifmst@needeuler
    \SetSymbolFont{mteulervm}{bold}{U}{zeur}{\mst@boldvariant@normal}{n}%
    \SetMathAlphabet{\MathEulerBold}{normal}%
               {U}{zeur}{\mst@boldvariant@normal}{n}%
    \SetMathAlphabet{\MathEulerBold}{bold}%
               {U}{zeur}{\mst@boldvariant@normal}{n}%
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifmst@needsymbol\SetSymbolFont{mtpsymbol}{bold}%
                     {U}{psy}{\mst@boldvariant@normal}{n}%
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{LGRgreek*}
% \begin{macro}{selfGreek*}
% LGRgreek, LGRgreeks, selfGreek, and selfGreeks options.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifmst@subdued\else 
   \ifmst@LGRgreek
    \SetSymbolFont{mtlgrfontlower}{normal}{LGR}%
            {\mst@greekfont}{\mst@series@normal}{\mst@greek@lsh}%
    \SetSymbolFont{mtlgrfontlower}{bold}{LGR}%
            {\mst@greekfont}{\mst@boldvariant@normal}{\mst@greek@lsh}%
    \SetSymbolFont{mtlgrfontupper}{normal}{LGR}%
            {\mst@greekfont}{\mst@series@normal}{\mst@greek@ush}%
    \SetSymbolFont{mtlgrfontupper}{bold}{LGR}%
            {\mst@greekfont}{\mst@boldvariant@bold}{\mst@greek@ush}%
   \else
    \ifmst@selfGreek
     \SetSymbolFont{mtselfGreekfont}{normal}{OT1}%
            {\mst@greekfont}{\mst@series@normal}{\mst@greek@ush}%
     \SetSymbolFont{mtselfGreekfont}{bold}{OT1}%
            {\mst@greekfont}{\mst@boldvariant@bold}{\mst@greek@ush}%
    \fi
   \fi
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifmst@subdued
   \typeout{** subdued mode will be activated for the normal and bold math versions}%
  \else 
   \typeout{** Latin letters in the normal (resp. bold) math versions are now^^J%
            ** set up to use the fonts 
   \mst@encoding@normal/\mst@family@normal/\mst@series@normal%
               (\mst@boldvariant@normal)/\mst@ltshape@normal}%
   \ifmst@LGRgreek\typeout{** Greek letters (\mst@greek@lsh/\mst@greek@ush) 
                              will use LGR/\mst@greekfont}%
   \fi
   \ifmst@nodigits\else
     \typeout{** Other characters (digits, ...) and \protect\log-like names will be^^J%
              ** typeset with the \mst@shape@normal\space shape.}%
   \fi
  \fi
}
\let\mathastext\Mathastext
\@onlypreamble\Mathastext
\@onlypreamble\mathastext
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\MTDeclareVersion}
%   The \cs{MTDeclareVersion} command is to be used in the preamble
%   to declare a math version. A more complicated variant would also
%   specify a choice of series for the Euler and Symbol font: anyhow
%   Symbol only has the medium series, and Euler has medium and bold,
%   so what is lacking is the possibility to create a version with a
%   bold Euler. There is already one such version: the default |bold|
%   one. And there is always the possibility to add to the preamble
%   \cs{SetSymbolFont}|{mteulervm}||{versionname}||{U}{zeur}{bx}{n}| if
%   one wants to have a math version with bold Euler characters.
%
%   For version |1.1| we add an optional parameter specifying the shape
%   to be used for letters.
%
%   Note: (|2012/10/24|) I really should check whether the user attempts to
%   redefine the `normal' and `bold' versions and issue a warning in
%   that case!
%
%   |1.3c| (|2013/12/14|) adds an extra optional parameter after all
%   previous ones, to inherit the settings from another version. Typically
%   to be used with [bold]. I take this opportunity to sanitize a bit some
%   line endings to avoid generating (in the preamble, document macros were
%   already careful of course) too many space
%   tokens, at least inside macros. And I modifiy (correct? perhaps it was on
%   purpose) the strange way I used |\@onlypreamble| in earlier version.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\MTDeclareVersion[6][]{%
  \def\mst@declareversionargs{{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}%
  \edef\mst@version{#2}%
  \DeclareMathVersion{\mst@version}%
  \MTDeclareVersion@
}
\newcommand*\MTDeclareVersion@[1][]{%
    \edef\mst@tmp{#1}%
    \ifx\mst@tmp\empty\else
      \global\expandafter\let\csname mv@\mst@version\expandafter\endcsname
                             \csname mv@#1\endcsname
      \typeout{** Math version `\mst@version\string' inherits from `#1\string'.}%
    \fi
    \expandafter\MTDeclareVersion@@\mst@declareversionargs
}
\newcommand*\MTDeclareVersion@@[6]{%
  \edef\mst@tmp{#1}%
  \expandafter\edef\csname mst@encoding@\mst@version\endcsname{#3}%
  \expandafter\edef\csname mst@family@\mst@version\endcsname{#4}%
  \expandafter\edef\csname mst@series@\mst@version\endcsname{#5}%
  \expandafter\edef\csname mst@shape@\mst@version\endcsname{#6}%
  \expandafter\edef\csname mst@boldvariant@\mst@version\endcsname{\mst@bold}%
  \expandafter\edef\csname mst@itdefault@\mst@version\endcsname{\itdefault}%
  \expandafter\edef\csname mst@rmdefault@\mst@version\endcsname{\rmdefault}%
  \expandafter\edef\csname mst@sfdefault@\mst@version\endcsname{\sfdefault}%
  \expandafter\edef\csname mst@ttdefault@\mst@version\endcsname{\ttdefault}%
  \expandafter\edef\csname mst@exists@skip@\mst@version\endcsname
        {\mst@exists@skip}%
  \expandafter\edef\csname mst@forall@skip@\mst@version\endcsname
        {\mst@forall@skip}%
  \expandafter\edef\csname mst@prime@skip@\mst@version\endcsname
        {\mst@prime@skip}%
  \ifx\mst@tmp\empty
    \ifmst@italic
      \SetSymbolFont{mtletterfont}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{\mst@ltsh}%
      \typeout{** Latin letters in math version `#2\string' will use the font
                  #3/#4/#5/\mst@ltsh^^J%    
               ** Other characters (digits, ...) and \protect\log-like names 
                    will be in #6 shape.}%
      \expandafter\edef\csname mst@ltshape@\mst@version\endcsname{\mst@ltsh}%
    \else
      \SetSymbolFont{mtletterfont}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}%
       \typeout{** Latin letters in math version `#2\string' will use the fonts
                   #3/#4/#5(\mst@bold)/#6}%
      \expandafter\edef\csname mst@ltshape@\mst@version\endcsname{#6}%
    \fi
  \else
    \SetSymbolFont{mtletterfont}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#1}%
    \typeout{** Latin letters in math version `#2\string' will use the font
                #3/#4/#5/#1^^J%
             ** Other characters (digits, ...) and \protect\log-like
                names will be in #6 shape.}%
      \expandafter\edef\csname mst@ltshape@\mst@version\endcsname{#1}%
  \fi
  \ifmst@nonormalbold\else
       \SetMathAlphabet{\mathnormalbold}{#2}{#3}{#4}{\mst@bold}%
                   {\csname mst@ltshape@\mst@version\endcsname}%
  \fi
  \SetSymbolFont{mtoperatorfont}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}%
  \ifmst@defaultbf\else\SetMathAlphabet{\Mathbf}{#2}{#3}{#4}{\mst@bold}{#6}\fi
  \ifmst@defaultit\else\SetMathAlphabet{\Mathit}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{\itdefault}\fi
  \ifmst@defaultsf\else\SetMathAlphabet{\Mathsf}{#2}{#3}{\sfdefault}{#5}{#6}\fi
  \ifmst@defaulttt\else\SetMathAlphabet{\Mathtt}{#2}{#3}{\ttdefault}{#5}{#6}\fi
  \ifmst@needeuler
      \SetMathAlphabet{\MathEulerBold}{#2}{U}{zeur}{\mst@bold}{n}%
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{LGRgreeks}
% \begin{macro}{selfGreeks}
%   In the case of option LGRgreeks (selfGreeks), it is expected that
%   the fonts used in each math versions exist in LGR (OT1) encoding. We
%   first recalculate the shapes to be used for lowercase and uppercase
%   Greek letters depending on the frenchmath and [it/up][g/G]reek
%   options as well as on the (local to this version) shapes for letters
%   and digits.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \def\mst@greek@lsh@loc{\csname mst@ltshape@\mst@version\endcsname}%
  \def\mst@greek@ush@loc{\csname mst@shape@\mst@version\endcsname}%
  \ifmst@itgreek\def\mst@greek@lsh@loc{\itdefault}%
                     \def\mst@greek@ush@loc{\itdefault}\fi
  \ifmst@upgreek\def\mst@greek@lsh@loc{\updefault}%
                     \def\mst@greek@ush@loc{\updefault}\fi
  \ifmst@frenchmath
      \ifmst@itgreek\else
      \ifmst@upgreek\else
        \def\mst@greek@lsh@loc{\csname mst@shape@\mst@version\endcsname}%
        \def\mst@greek@ush@loc{\csname mst@shape@\mst@version\endcsname}%
      \fi\fi
  \fi
  \ifcase\mst@greek@select
        \or\def\mst@greek@ush@loc{\itdefault}%
        \or\def\mst@greek@ush@loc{\updefault}%
  \fi
  \ifmst@LGRgreeks
      \SetSymbolFont{mtlgrfontlower}{#2}{LGR}{#4}{#5}{\mst@greek@lsh@loc}%
      \SetSymbolFont{mtlgrfontupper}{#2}{LGR}{#4}{#5}{\mst@greek@ush@loc}%
    \typeout{** Greek letters (\mst@greek@lsh@loc/\mst@greek@ush@loc) will use
                LGR font #4\ifmst@subdued ^^J** (in non subdued versions)\fi}%
  \else
   \ifmst@selfGreeks
      \SetSymbolFont{mtselfGreekfont}{#2}{OT1}{#4}{#5}{\mst@greek@ush@loc}%
     \typeout{** Capital Greek letters (\mst@greek@lsh@loc/\mst@greek@ush@loc)
                 will use OT1 font #4\ifmst@subdued ^^J** (in non subdued versions)\fi}%
   \else
    \ifmst@LGRgreek 
      \SetSymbolFont{mtlgrfontlower}{#2}{LGR}{\mst@greekfont}{#5}{\mst@greek@lsh@loc}%
      \SetSymbolFont{mtlgrfontupper}{#2}{LGR}{\mst@greekfont}{#5}{\mst@greek@ush@loc}%
    \typeout{** Greek letters (\mst@greek@lsh@loc/\mst@greek@ush@loc) will use
                LGR font \mst@greekfont\ifmst@subdued ^^J** (in non subdued versions)\fi}%
    \else
     \ifmst@selfGreek
       \SetSymbolFont{mtselfGreekfont}{#2}{OT1}{\mst@greekfont}{#5}{\mst@greek@ush@loc}%
       \typeout{** Capital Greek letters (\mst@greek@lsh@loc/\mst@greek@ush@loc)
                   will use OT1 font \mst@greekfont\ifmst@subdued ^^J** (in non subdued versions)\fi}%
     \fi
    \fi
   \fi
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\MathastextDeclareVersion\MTDeclareVersion
\@onlypreamble\MTDeclareVersion
\@onlypreamble\MathastextDeclareVersion
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\MTversion}
% \begin{macro}{\MTversion@}
% \begin{macro}{\MTversion@s}
% \begin{macro}{\MTversion@@}
%   This is a wrapper around \LaTeX{}'s \cs{mathversion}: here we have an
%   optional argument allowing a quick and easy change of the text fonts
%   additionally to the math fonts. Present already in the initial
%   version of the package (January 2011.)
%  
%   |1.15|: some modifications for the subdued option vs LGRgreek and
%   for the math muskips after \cs{exists} and \cs{forall}.
%
%   |1.2|: with the subdued option sets the math alphabets in the
%   normal and bold math versions do not apply to operator
%   names and non-alphabetical symbols. The switch for braces
%   is left as it is.
%
%   |1.2b|: with the subdued option, the italic corrections are not added.
%   Else, we check the shape of letters in this version. Also, there was a bug
%   since |1.15|: the values of the math skips were taken not from the
%   settings for the math version (\#2) but from those of the optional argument
%   (\#1), if present...
%
%   |1.3|: activation of italic corrections is now separated from actual math
%   activation of letters.
%
%   |1.3c|: a starred variant is added which does not modify the text fonts,
%   only the math set-tup.
%
%   |1.3d|: replaced in |\MTversion@| things like |\edef\mst@encoding{...}| and
%   |\renewcommand{\encodingdefault}{\mst@@encoding}| by
%   |\edef\encodingdefault{...}| etc\dots All those |\mst@@...| things were
%   useless. I also redefine |\seriesdefault| rather than |\mddefault|.
%
%   |1.3d|: mechanism of restoration of Greek in subdued normal and bold
%   versions has been to all cases, and not only for the |LGRgreek| option.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\MTversion {\@ifstar\MTversion@s\MTversion@ }
\newcommand*\MTversion@s [1]{\mathversion{#1}\MTversion@@ {#1}}
\newcommand*\MTversion@ [2][]{%
    \mathversion{#2}%
    \edef\mst@tmpa{#1}%
    \ifx\mst@tmpa\empty
        \edef\mst@tmp{#2}%
    \else
        \let\mst@tmp\mst@tmpa
    \fi
    \edef\encodingdefault {\csname mst@encoding@\mst@tmp\endcsname}%
    \edef\familydefault   {\csname mst@family@\mst@tmp\endcsname}%
    \edef\seriesdefault   {\csname mst@series@\mst@tmp\endcsname}%        
    \edef\shapedefault    {\csname mst@shape@\mst@tmp\endcsname}%
    \edef\bfdefault {\csname mst@boldvariant@\mst@tmp\endcsname}%
    \edef\itdefault {\csname mst@itdefault@\mst@tmp\endcsname}%
    \edef\rmdefault {\csname mst@rmdefault@\mst@tmp\endcsname}%
    \edef\sfdefault {\csname mst@sfdefault@\mst@tmp\endcsname}%
    \edef\ttdefault {\csname mst@ttdefault@\mst@tmp\endcsname}%
    \usefont{\encodingdefault}{\familydefault}{\seriesdefault}{\shapedefault}%
    \MTversion@@ {#2}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%   |1.3j| has a stronger subdued which does \cs{MTnormalprime},
%   \cs{MTnormalexists}, \cs{MTnormalforall} rather than setting the skips to
%   |0mu|. Hence \cs{MTversion} by default should do \cs{MTprimedoesskip},
%   \cs{MTexistsdoesskip}, \cs{MTforalldoesskip}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\MTversion@@ [1]{%
    \MTexistsdoesskip
    \MTforalldoesskip
    \MTprimedoesskip
    \edef\mst@tmp{#1}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% |v1.15e|: muskips.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \expandafter
     \mst@exists@muskip\csname mst@exists@skip@\mst@tmp\endcsname\relax
    \expandafter
     \mst@forall@muskip\csname mst@forall@skip@\mst@tmp\endcsname\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
% |v1.2|: muskip for \cs{prime}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \expandafter
     \mst@prime@muskip\csname mst@prime@skip@\mst@tmp\endcsname\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
% |v1.2b|: italic corrections except for italic/slanted (sic) letters, and of
% course except in the subdued normal and bold math versions.
%
% |v1.3|: by default, letters are made mathematically active, even if italic
% corrections are not used, to allow the action of \cs{MTsetmathskips}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \edef\mst@tmpa{\csname mst@ltshape@\mst@tmp\endcsname}%
    \edef\mst@tmpb{\csname mst@shape@\mst@tmp\endcsname}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% |v1.15c|: extending subdued to LGRgreek.
%
% |v1.15f|: subdueing math alphabets in a simpler way than in |1.15e|.
%
% |v1.2b|: subdueing the activation of characters in math mode.
%
% |v1.2d|: special treatment of the asterisk.
%
% |v1.3d|: extended LGRgreek mechanism of activation/restoration of Greek to all
% cases.
%
% |v1.3j|: use of \cs{MTeverymathdefault}, which includes \cs{MTicinmath}, but
% must be corrected then according to shape of letters and presence or absence
% of option |frenchmath|. We do only |\def\mst@ITcorr{\ifnum\fam=\m@ne\/\fi}|
% and not \cs{MTICinmath} to not overwrite some user-defined
% \cs{MTeverymathdefault}. Code for italic corrections or not according to
% letter shape is executed after \cs{MTeverymathdefault} which limits a bit
% user customizing possibilities, but if I moved it later, I would possibly
% have to put inside the \cs{MTicinmath} the check for |it| ot |sl|. Similary
% the \cs{MTcustomgreek} always executed (if not |subdued|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \MTmathoperatorsobeymathxx
    \MTeverymathdefault
    \MTcustomizenewmcodes       
    \@for\mst@tmpc:=it,sl\do{\ifx\mst@tmpc\mst@tmpa\MTnoicinmath\fi}%
    \ifmst@frenchmath
      \def\mst@ITcorr{\ifnum\fam=\m@ne\/\fi}%
      \@for\mst@tmpc:=it,sl\do{\ifx\mst@tmpc\mst@tmpb\MTnoICinmath\fi}%
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% |1.3j| has a stronger subdued which does \cs{MTnormalprime},
% \cs{MTnormalexists}, \cs{MTnormalforall} rather than simply setting the
% skips to |0mu|. Note: \cs{MTnormalprime} is done as part of
% \cs{MTeverymathoff}. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifmst@subdued
      \def\mst@tmpa{normal}%
      \ifx\mst@tmp\mst@tmpa
        \mst@restorealphabets
        \MTstandardgreek
        \MTmathoperatorsdonotobeymathxx
        \MTnormalexists
        \MTnormalforall
        \MTeverymathoff
        \MTresetnewmcodes    
      \else
        \def\mst@tmpa{bold}%
        \ifx\mst@tmp\mst@tmpa
          \mst@restorealphabets
          \MTstandardgreek
          \MTmathoperatorsdonotobeymathxx
          \MTnormalexists
          \MTnormalforall
          \MTeverymathoff
          \MTresetnewmcodes    
        \else
          \mst@setalphabets
          \MTcustomgreek
        \fi
      \fi
    \else
      \MTcustomgreek % new with 1.3d
    \fi
}
\let\MathastextVersion\MTversion
\let\Mathastextversion\MTversion
\let\MTVersion\MTversion
\let\mathastextversion\MTversion
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\Mathastext}
% Initialization call:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\Mathastext
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% Additional appropriate messages to the terminal and the log.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@eulergreek
      \typeout{** Greek letters will use the Euler font. Use \protect\MathastextEulerScale{<factor>} to scale the
               font.}%
      \ifmst@subdued{\typeout{** (subdued mode: normal and bold math
          version with default Greek letters.)}}\fi
\else
\ifmst@symbolgreek
       \typeout{** Greek letters will use the PostScript Symbol font. Use^^J%
                ** \protect\MathastextSymbolScale{<factor>} to scale the font.}%
      \ifmst@subdued{\typeout{** (subdued mode: normal and bold math
          version with default Greek letters.)}}\fi
\fi\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% At (long...) last we now change the font for the letters of the
% latin alphabet. In version |1.1|, Latin letters have their own font
% (shape).
%
% |1.2b| initiated the use of mathematically active letters to insert the italic
% corrections. With version |1.3| the use of math active letters is also for
% extra muglue added before and after the letters. Use of |\@for| to shorten the
% code initiated with release |1.3|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\mst@DeclareMathLetter #1{%
    \DeclareMathSymbol {#1}{\mathalpha}{mtletterfont}{`#1}%
    \expandafter
    \DeclareMathSymbol \csname mst@#1\endcsname{\mathalpha}{mtletterfont}{`#1}%
    \expandafter\mst@addtodo@az\expandafter #1\csname mst@#1\endcsname
}%
\@tfor\mst@tmp:=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\do
     {\expandafter\mst@DeclareMathLetter\mst@tmp}%
\ifmst@frenchmath \def\mst@font@tbu{mtoperatorfont}%
   \else          \def\mst@font@tbu{mtletterfont}%
\fi
\def\mst@DeclareMathLetter #1{%
    \DeclareMathSymbol {#1}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{`#1}%
    \expandafter
    \DeclareMathSymbol \csname mst@#1\endcsname{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{`#1}%
    \expandafter\mst@addtodo@AZ\expandafter #1\csname mst@#1\endcsname 
}%
\@tfor\mst@tmp:=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ\do
     {\expandafter\mst@DeclareMathLetter\mst@tmp}%
\let\mst@DeclareMathLetter\relax
%%
\ifmst@nodigits\else
\def\mst@font@tbu{mtoperatorfont}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% In version |1.1|, we have now separated digits from letters, so paradoxically
% it is less problematic to give them the |mathalpha| type. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@symboldigits \def\mst@font@tbu{mtpsymbol} \fi
\ifmst@eulerdigits \def\mst@font@tbu{mteulervm} \fi
\DeclareMathSymbol{0}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{`0}%
\DeclareMathSymbol{1}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{`1}%
\DeclareMathSymbol{2}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{`2}%
\DeclareMathSymbol{3}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{`3}%
\DeclareMathSymbol{4}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{`4}%
\DeclareMathSymbol{5}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{`5}%
\DeclareMathSymbol{6}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{`6}%
\DeclareMathSymbol{7}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{`7}%
\DeclareMathSymbol{8}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{`8}%
\DeclareMathSymbol{9}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{`9}%
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% When |symboldelimiters| is passed as an option, we use the
% Symbol font for the printable characters other than
% letters and digits. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@symboldelimiters 
\def\mst@font@tbu{mtpsymbol}%
\mst@endashfalse
\mst@emdashfalse
\else
\def\mst@font@tbu{mtoperatorfont}%
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% |1.2| adds the tricks to let non letters/digits obey math alphabets. We have
% to double the definitions for easy switch on-off of the mechanism, via a token
% list which is put into \cs{everymath} and \cs{everydisplay}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@noexclam\else\typeout{** \string! and \string?}%
\DeclareMathSymbol{!}{\mathclose}{\mst@font@tbu}{"21}%
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@exclam}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"21}%
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string!\mathclose\mst@varfam@exclam
\DeclareMathSymbol{?}{\mathclose}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3F}%
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@question}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3F}%
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string?\mathclose\mst@varfam@question
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\MTlowerast}
% \begin{macro}{\mst@doasterisk}
% \begin{macro}{\mst@@doasterisk}
% \begin{macro}{\MTnormalasterisk}
% \begin{macro}{\MTactiveasterisk}
%   |1.12d| The \cs{ast} or |*| is defined in |fontmath.ltx| as a binary
%   operator from the |symbols| font. Usually the asterisk from the text
%   font is in a raised position. Previous versions of \mst did nothing
%   with \cs{ast} but strangely defined |*| to be the one from the text
%   font, with type \cs{mathalpha}. The package now leaves by default
%   both |*| and |\ast| untouched, and if passed option |asterisk|
%   replaces both of them with a lowered text asterisk (or the one from
%   the Symbol font), and of type \cs{mathbin}. A trick is used to
%   optionally get both |*| and \cs{ast} obey the math alphabets.
%
% The user macro \cs{MTlowerast} sets the amount
% of lowering to be applied to the text asterisk.
%
%   |1.12e| Somehow there was a big omission in |1.12d|, the
%   command \cs{MTlowerast} as described in the manual was missing!
%
% nota bene: it is assumed that |*| is of type |other| when \mst
% is loaded... it should neither be active, nor of type |letter|!
%
% |1.3i| adds \cs{MTnormalasterisk} and \cs{MTactiveasterisk}. They do nothing
% without option |asterisk|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\mst@@doasterisk{\let\ast\mst@ast\mst@mathactivate*{}\mst@ast}%
\newcommand*\MTnormalasterisk {\let\mst@doasterisk\relax}
\newcommand*\MTactiveasterisk {\let\mst@doasterisk\mst@@doasterisk}
\ifmst@asterisk\typeout{** asterisk: \string\ast\space and *}
    \AtBeginDocument{%
     \everymath\expandafter
              {\the\everymath   \mst@doasterisk \MTnormalasterisk }%
     \everydisplay\expandafter
              {\the\everydisplay\mst@doasterisk \MTnormalasterisk }}
  \ifmst@symbolmisc
    \def\mst@bin@ast{%
    \mathbin{\mathchoice{\raisebox{-.1\height}%
                        {\the\textfont\symmtpsymbol\char42}}%
                      {\raisebox{-.1\height}%
                        {\the\textfont\symmtpsymbol\char42}}%
                      {\raisebox{-.1\height}%
                        {\the\scriptfont\symmtpsymbol\char42}}%
                      {\raisebox{-.1\height}%
                        {\the\scriptscriptfont\symmtpsymbol\char42}}}}%
  \else
    \def\mst@bin@ast{%
    \mathbin{\mathchoice{\raisebox{-\mst@lowerast}%
                        {\the\textfont\symmtoperatorfont\char42}}%
                      {\raisebox{-\mst@lowerast}%
                        {\the\textfont\symmtoperatorfont\char42}}%
                      {\raisebox{-\mst@lowerast}%
                        {\the\scriptfont\symmtoperatorfont\char42}}%
                      {\raisebox{-\mst@lowerast}%
                        {\the\scriptscriptfont\symmtoperatorfont\char42}}}}%
  \fi
  \def\mst@varfam@ast{\ifnum\fam=\m@ne\mst@bin@ast\else
    \mathbin{\mathchoice{\raisebox{-\mst@lowerast}%
                        {\the\textfont\fam\char42}}%
                      {\raisebox{-\mst@lowerast}%
                        {\the\textfont\fam\char42}}%
                      {\raisebox{-\mst@lowerast}%
                        {\the\scriptfont\fam\char42}}%
                      {\raisebox{-\mst@lowerast}%
                        {\the\scriptscriptfont\fam\char42}}}\fi}%
  \MTactiveasterisk
  \DeclareRobustCommand*{\mst@ast}{\mst@bin@ast}
  \newcommand*\MTlowerast[1]{\def\mst@lowerast{#1}}
  \MTlowerast{.3\height}
  \mst@do@easynonletters\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
    {\expandafter\the\expandafter\mst@do@easynonletters
     \expandafter\def\csname mst@ast \endcsname{\mst@varfam@ast}}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
% (2011) I renounced to try to do things with all the various dots, they are
% defined in many different ways, and there is the amsmath also. Dealing with
% this issue would mean a lot a time for a minuscule result. Better to leave the
% user use the |mathdots| package and accept that we can not avoid the default
% fonts in that case. So here I just treat |.| (in the hope to really lessen by
% 1 the number of fonts embedded at the end in the PDF). 
%
% [(Dec. 2012) should I reexamine these definitive sounding remarks?]
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@nopunct\else\typeout{** punctuation\string: \string, \string. \string: \string; and \string\colon}
\DeclareMathSymbol{,}{\mathpunct}{\mst@font@tbu}{"2C}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@comma}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"2C}
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string,\mathpunct\mst@varfam@comma
\DeclareMathSymbol{.}{\mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"2E}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@dot}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"2E}
\mst@addtodo@easynonletters\.\mst@varfam@dot
\DeclareMathSymbol{:}{\mathrel}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3A} % relation spacing
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@colon}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3A}
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string:\mathrel\mst@varfam@colon
\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}
{} % \colon defined in amsmath.sty in terms of : with some enlarged explicit
   % spacing. No need to intervene. 
{% no amsmath, use standard punctuation spacing
\let\colon\undefined 
  % the reason is if some package has redefined \colon which then
  % can not be used in \cs{DeclareMathSymbol} anymore (we
  % shamelessly overwrite...)
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\colon}{\mathpunct}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3A}
    \mst@do@nonletters\expandafter{\the\mst@do@nonletters
        \def\colon{\mathpunct{\mst@varfam@colon}}}} 
\DeclareMathSymbol{;}{\mathpunct}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3B}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@pointvirgule}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3B}
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string;\mathpunct\mst@varfam@pointvirgule
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\relbar}
% Due to the way = and - are used by \LaTeX{} in arrows, we will
% have to redefine \cs{Relbar} and \cs{relbar} in order for 
% them to preserve their original meanings.
%
% |1.15d|: Oct 13, 2012. Belated amendment of the code to be compatible
% with Unicode engines in case someone changed the mathcode of -.
% However, for the time being I can do it in an easy way only for
% \XeTeX, not for \LuaLaTeX. Also I do my modifications to \cs{relbar}
% in a manner testing for the presence of amsmath.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@nominus
\else
  \ifmst@XeOrLua
    \mst@Umathcharnumdef\mst@minus@sign=\mst@Umathcodenum`\-\relax
%% I used this prior to the new \luatexUmathcodenum, as available since TL2013:
%% \mathchardef\mst@minus@sign=8704\relax % "2200
  \else
    \mathchardef\mst@minus@sign=\mathcode`\-\relax
  \fi
\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}
{\def\relbar{\mathrel{\mathpalette\mathsm@sh\mst@minus@sign}}}
{\DeclareRobustCommand\relbar{\mathrel{\smash\mst@minus@sign}}}
\def\rightarrowfill{$\m@th\mathord{\relbar}\mkern-7mu%
  \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu\relbar\mkern-2mu$}\hfill
  \mkern-7mu\mathord\rightarrow$}
\def\leftarrowfill{$\m@th\mathord\leftarrow\mkern-7mu%
  \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu\relbar\mkern-2mu$}\hfill
  \mkern-7mu\mathord{\relbar}$}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{endash}
%  |1.1| |2011/01/29|: Producing this next piece of code was not a piece
%   of cake for a novice like myself!\newline
%  |1.11| |2011/02/05|: Compatibility with Unicode (via use of fontspec
%   encodings EU1 and EU2)\newline
%  |1.12| |2011/02/07|: Improved dealing of Unicode possibility.\newline
%  |1.14b| |2011/04/02|: Corrected some very irresponsible bug in the
%   Unicode part which caused a problem when 10 or more math families have
%   been allocated.\newline
%  |1.15| |2012/09/24|: Added AtBeginDocument to circumvent some amsmath
%   problem with unicode engines.
%
% |1.3l| |2016/01/29|: anticipating TL2016 fontspec's switch to |TU|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\mst@dothe@endashstuff{\edef\mst@tmp@enc{\encodingdefault}
\if1\mst@OneifUniEnc
  \AtBeginDocument{% Unicode engines and font
    \mst@Umathcode`\-=2 \symmtoperatorfont "\mst@unicodeminus\relax
    \mst@Umathchardef\mst@varfam@minus=7 \symmtoperatorfont "\mst@unicodeminus\relax
  }
\else
\ifx\mst@tmp@enc\mst@ti % T1
   \DeclareMathSymbol{-}{\mathbin}{mtoperatorfont}{21}
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@minus}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{21}
\else
\ifx\mst@tmp@enc\mst@oti % OT1
   \DeclareMathSymbol{-}{\mathbin}{mtoperatorfont}{123}
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@minus}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{123}
\else
\ifx\mst@tmp@enc\mst@lyi % LY1
   \DeclareMathSymbol{-}{\mathbin}{mtoperatorfont}{150}
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@minus}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{150}
\else % make sure we have neither xetex nor luatex
 \ifmst@XeOrLua\mst@aborttrue
 \else
   \DeclareMathSymbol{-}{\mathbin}{mtoperatorfont}
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@minus}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}
{\expandafter\the\expandafter\csname\mst@tmp@enc\string\textendash\endcsname}
 \fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi}
\def\mst@dothe@emdashstuff{\edef\mst@tmp@enc{\encodingdefault}
\if1\mst@OneifUniEnc
  \AtBeginDocument{% Unicode engine and font
    \mst@Umathcode`\-=2 \symmtoperatorfont "2014\relax
    \mst@Umathchardef\mst@varfam@minus=7 \symmtoperatorfont "2014\relax
  }
\else
\ifx\mst@tmp@enc\mst@ti % T1
   \DeclareMathSymbol{-}{\mathbin}{mtoperatorfont}{22}
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@minus}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{22}
\else
\ifx\mst@tmp@enc\mst@oti % OT1
   \DeclareMathSymbol{-}{\mathbin}{mtoperatorfont}{124}
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@minus}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{124}
\else
\ifx\mst@tmp@enc\mst@lyi % LY1
   \DeclareMathSymbol{-}{\mathbin}{mtoperatorfont}{151}
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@minus}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{151}
\else % make sure we have neither xetex nor luatex
 \ifmst@XeOrLua\mst@aborttrue
 \else
   \DeclareMathSymbol{-}{\mathbin}{mtoperatorfont}
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@minus}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}
{\expandafter\the\expandafter\csname\mst@tmp@enc\string\textemdash\endcsname}
 \fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi}
\ifmst@nominus\else\typeout{** minus as endash}
\mst@abortfalse
\ifmst@endash\mst@dothe@endashstuff\else
\ifmst@emdash\mst@dothe@emdashstuff\else
   \DeclareMathSymbol{-}{\mathbin}{\mst@font@tbu}{"2D}
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@minus}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"2D}
\fi\fi
\ifmst@abort
    \DeclareMathSymbol{-}{\mathbin}{\mst@font@tbu}{"2D}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@minus}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"2D}
\fi
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string-\mathbin\mst@varfam@minus
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\hbar}
% \begin{macro}{\mst@ltbar}
%   |2011/01/31|, |1.1| I decide to settle the question of the |\hbar|. First, the
%   \LaTeX{} definition
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%\def\hbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-9muh}} % (original definition from latex.ltx)
%    \end{macrocode}
% Well, the fact is that there is a \cs{DeclareMathSymbol} in |amsfonts.sty|, so
% I can not always rely on the original which had the advantage that at least
% |h| would be in the correct font. But of course not the macron character
% (|\=|, |\bar|). And there is also the issue of the kern whose length is given
% in a way which depends on |cmsy| (18mu=1em and em taken from info in |cmsy|).
% The first problem is that I don't know how to get the slot position of the
% macron, given the encoding. So I found another way. I will need an |rlap|
% adapted to math mode, and this is provided by code from
% Alexander~R.~\textsc{Perlis} in his TugBoat article 22 (2001), 350--352, which
% I found by googling |rlap|. (as an aside, I am only now (April 2, 2011) aware
% that the package |mathtools| provides the |mathrlap| etc... )
%
% |1.3l| |2016/01/29|: anticipating TL2016 fontspec's switch to |TU|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\mst@mathrlap{\mathpalette\mst@mathrlapinternal}
\def\mst@mathrlapinternal#1#2{\rlap{$\mathsurround=0pt#1{#2}$}}
\def\mst@dothe@hbarstuff{\edef\mst@tmp@enc{\encodingdefault}
\if1\mst@OneifUniEnc
   % Unicode engine and font
   \mst@Umathchardef\hbar="7 \symmtletterfont "0127 \relax %% or 210F?
\else % I must leave open the T1, OT1 possibility also for XeTeX or LuaTeX 
    \ifx\mst@ti\mst@tmp@enc
    \DeclareMathAccent{\mst@ltbar}{\mathalpha}{mtletterfont}{9}
       \else  %% assume OT1. Bad idea? Should not provoke an error anyhow
    \DeclareMathAccent{\mst@ltbar}{\mathalpha}{mtletterfont}{22}
    \fi
    \def\hbar{\mst@mathrlap{\mst@ltbar{\ }}h}
\fi }
\ifmst@nohbar\else\typeout{** \string\hbar}\mst@dothe@hbarstuff\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% As |h| is from |mtletterfont|, the accent \cs{mst@ltbar} is the
% \cs{bar} accent from that same font. Of course, if the user
% defines math versions with other encodings than the default one
% when loading the package this will probably not work there (if I
% knew how to do for accents what I did for the endash I could do
% it for all encodings. Surely easy for a \TeX{}pert.)  Not to
% mention if he/she changes the letter shape... one never should
% give so much freedom to users ;-) Well this construction gives
% an acceptable result for some of the fonts I have tested,
% whether upright or in italics.
%
% |1.15d|: Oct 13, 2012. The \cs{mathcode} thing with = is (belatedly,
% sorry!) made Unicode compatible.
% \begin{macro}{+,=,\Relbar}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@noplus\else\typeout{** \string+ and \string=}
\DeclareMathSymbol{+}{\mathbin}{\mst@font@tbu}{"2B}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@plus}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"2B}
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string+\mathbin\mst@varfam@plus
\fi
\ifmst@noequal\else
\ifmst@XeOrLua
    \mst@Umathcharnumdef\mst@equal@sign=\mst@Umathcodenum`\=\relax
\else
    \mathchardef\mst@equal@sign=\mathcode`\=\relax
\fi
\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}
{\def\Relbar{\mathrel\mst@equal@sign}}
{\DeclareRobustCommand\Relbar{\mathrel{\mst@equal@sign}}}
\DeclareMathSymbol{=}{\mathrel}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3D}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@equal}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3D}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\nfss@catcodes}
% |2012/12/18|: Activating = (only in math mode actually) seems very bad but
% surprisingly works well. However I had a problem with |eu2lmtt.fd| which
% should not be loaded with an active =.
% |2012/12/25|: Since then I had switched to only math activation. And in fact
% the problematic = from |eu2lmtt.fd| end up in \cs{csname}...\cs{endcsname}
% and I have
% learnt since that \TeX{} does not look at the |mathcode| inside a
% \cs{csname}...\cs{endcsname}. Example:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \mathcode`x="8000
% \begingroup
% \catcode`x=\active
% \global\everymath{\defx{Hello}}
% \endgroup
% \def\foox{World!}
% $x \csname foox\endcsname$ 
% \end{verbatim}
% We need nevertheless to inactivate the =, for the following reason. Imagine
% someone did |\catcode`==\active\def={\string=}|, or another definition which
% would not lead to a tragedy in a \cs{csname}...\cs{endcsname}. Then the = is
% active and the re-definition done by |mathastext| will not be compatible with
% loading |eu2lmtt.fd| (for the first time) from math mode, as this
% re-definition can not be expanded inside a
% \cs{csname}...\cs{endcsname}.
%
% |2012/12/28|: to be on the safe side, I add also |;| and |+| and do it
% without discriminating between engines
%    \begin{macrocode}
\typeout{** adding \string= \string; and \string+ to \string\nfss@catcodes}
\g@addto@macro\nfss@catcodes{%
  \@makeother\=%
  \@makeother\;%
  \@makeother\+%
}
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string=\mathrel\mst@varfam@equal
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{noparenthesis}
% \begin{macro}{(,),[,],/}
%   \cs{lbrack} and \cs{rbrack} are defined in |latex.ltx| by
%   |\def\lbrack{[}\def\rbrack{]}| so this fits well with what we do here.
%   \cs{lparen} and \cs{rparen} are similarly defined in |mathtools|. On the
%   other hand in |latex.ltx| with |\{| and |\}| are defined (in math mode) in
%   terms of the control sequences \cs{lbrace} and \cs{rbrace}. Such control
%   sequences can not be simultaneously math symbols and math delimiters,
%   thus, this complicates things for the mathastextification.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@noparen\else\typeout{** parentheses \string( \string) \string[ \string] and slash \string/}
\ifmst@nosmalldelims
    \DeclareMathSymbol{(}{\mathopen}{\mst@font@tbu}{"28}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{)}{\mathclose}{\mst@font@tbu}{"29}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{[}{\mathopen} {\mst@font@tbu}{"5B}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{]}{\mathclose}{\mst@font@tbu}{"5D}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{/}{\mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"2F}
\else
    \DeclareMathDelimiter{(}{\mathopen}{\mst@font@tbu}{"28}{largesymbols}{"00}
    \DeclareMathDelimiter{)}{\mathclose}{\mst@font@tbu}{"29}{largesymbols}{"01}
    \DeclareMathDelimiter{[}{\mathopen} {\mst@font@tbu}{"5B}{largesymbols}{"02}
    \DeclareMathDelimiter{]}{\mathclose}{\mst@font@tbu}{"5D}{largesymbols}{"03}
    \DeclareMathDelimiter{/}{\mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"2F}{largesymbols}{"0E}
\fi
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@lparen}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{40}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@rparen}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{41}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@lbrack}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"5B}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@rbrack}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"5D}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@slash}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"2F}
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string(\mathopen\mst@varfam@lparen
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string)\mathclose\mst@varfam@rparen
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string[\mathopen\mst@varfam@lbrack
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string]\mathclose\mst@varfam@rbrack
\mst@addtodo@easynonletters\/\mst@varfam@slash
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{alldelims}
% \begin{macro}{<,>,\}\begin{macro}{\setminus}\begin{macro}{\backslash}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@alldelims\typeout{** alldelims: \string< \string>
  \string\backslash\space\string\setminus\space\string|
  \string\vert\space\string\mid\space\string\{\space and \string\}}
\ifmst@nosmalldelims
%    \end{macrocode}
% Dec 18, 2012. We then want |\let\backslash\mst@varfam@backslash| to do nothing
% when the \cs{backslash} is used as a delimiter. So here the original
% definition from |latex.ltx| is copied, generally speaking when people use
% other math symbol fonts they do respect the encoding of the CM symbols and
% largesymbols, so this is 90\% safe. But in truth I should extract from the
% meaning of \cs{backslash} the |delcode|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \DeclareMathDelimiter{\mst@varfam@backslash}
        {\mathalpha}{symbols}{"6E}{largesymbols}{"0F}
\else
    \DeclareMathDelimiter{<}{\mathopen}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3C}{largesymbols}{"0A}
    \DeclareMathDelimiter{>}{\mathclose}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3E}{largesymbols}{"0B}
%    \end{macrocode}
% There is no backslash in the Symbol font hence |mtoperatorfont| here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \DeclareMathDelimiter{\backslash}
        {\mathord}{mtoperatorfont}{"5C}{largesymbols}{"0F}
    \DeclareMathDelimiter{\mst@varfam@backslash}
        {\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{"5C}{largesymbols}{"0F}
\fi    
\DeclareMathSymbol{<}{\mathrel}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3C}
\DeclareMathSymbol{>}{\mathrel}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3E}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@less}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3C}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@more}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"3E}
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string<\mathrel\mst@varfam@less
\expandafter\mst@addtodo@nonletters\string>\mathrel\mst@varfam@more
\mst@do@easynonletters\expandafter{\the\mst@do@easynonletters
            \let\backslash\mst@varfam@backslash}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\setminus}{\mathbin}{mtoperatorfont}{"5C}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@setminus}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{"5C}
\mst@do@nonletters\expandafter{\the\mst@do@nonletters
            \def\setminus{\mathbin{\mst@varfam@setminus}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\models}
% |1.15d|: 13 oct 2012. Before modifying \string| we must preserve \cs{models}. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@XeOrLua
  \mst@Umathcharnumdef\mst@vert@bar=\mst@Umathcodenum`\|\relax
\else
  \mathchardef\mst@vert@bar=\mathcode`\|\relax
\fi
\DeclareRobustCommand\models{\mathrel{\mst@vert@bar}\joinrel\Relbar}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{|,\mid,\vert}
%   (2011) I did not do anything then to try to emulate \cs{Vert} with the
%   vertical bar from the text font... and now (2012) \mst is not as radical as
%   it used to be anyhow, so it is too late.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@nosmalldelims
    \DeclareMathSymbol{|}{\mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{124}
\else
    \DeclareMathDelimiter{|}{\mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{124}{largesymbols}{"0C}
\fi    
\def\vert{|}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@vbar}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{124}
\mst@addtodo@easynonletters\|\mst@varfam@vbar
\let\mid\undefined % 1.3: to avoid problems with some packages
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mid}{\mathrel}{\mst@font@tbu}{124}
\mst@do@nonletters\expandafter{\the\mst@do@nonletters
    \def\mid{\mathrel\mst@varfam@vbar}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\MTexplicitbraces-}\begin{macro}{obeymathxx}
% \begin{macro}{\MTexplicitbraces-}\begin{macro}{donotobeymathxx}
%       Braces. With version |1.2|, |\{| and |\}| will not be acceptable as
%       delimiters anymore if the redefinitions below in \cs{mst@dobraces} are
%       enacted. But they will obey math alphabets. Improvements in |1.2a|, to
%       preserve robustness.
%
%       For |1.3| I make |\lbrace| and |\rbrace| undefined first, else problems
%       may arise with some packages. |1.3e| suppresses under option
%       |nosmalldelims| the definitions of |\lbrace| and |\rbrace| as math
%       symbols as this bug made |\left\lbrace| cause an error, naturally.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifmst@nosmalldelims
  \else
     \let\lbrace\undefined \let\rbrace\undefined
     \DeclareMathDelimiter{\lbrace}
        {\mathopen}{\mst@font@tbu}{123}{largesymbols}{"08}
     \DeclareMathDelimiter{\rbrace}
        {\mathclose}{\mst@font@tbu}{125}{largesymbols}{"09}
  \fi
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@lbrace}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{123} 
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varfam@rbrace}{\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{125}
\DeclareRobustCommand*{\mst@lbrace}
        {\ifmmode\mathopen\mst@varfam@lbrace\else\textbraceleft\fi}
\DeclareRobustCommand*{\mst@rbrace}
        {\ifmmode\mathclose\mst@varfam@rbrace\else\textbraceright\fi}
\mst@do@nonletters\expandafter{\the\mst@do@nonletters
    \mst@dobraces{\let\{\mst@lbrace\let\}\mst@rbrace}}
\fi % end of \ifmst@alldelims
\newcommand*{\MTexplicitbracesobeymathxx}{\let\mst@dobraces\@firstofone}
\newcommand*{\MTexplicitbracesdonotobeymathxx}{\let\mst@dobraces\@gobble}
\MTexplicitbracesdonotobeymathxx
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{specials}
%   \leavevmode\kern\parindent |1.14b| |2011/04/02|: the redefinitions of
%   \#, \$, \% and \& were buggy (this showed up when 10 or more math
%   families had been created).
%
%   |1.15f| |2012/10/23|: the code, although working, was perhaps a bit insane
%   and
%   had definitions which could surprise other packages. For example, it did:\\
%   \null\hspace{1cm}|\renewcommand{\%}{\ifmmode\mt@mmode@percent\else\char37\relax\fi}|\\
%   But it seems this provokes a problem with |microtype|. Perhaps the problem
%   was that the command was not declared robust? For the dollar \LaTeX{} itself does\\
%   \null\hspace{1cm}|\DeclareRobustCommand{\$}{\ifmmode\mathdollar\else\textdollar\fi}|\\
%   So here I just modify \cs{mathdollar}. Then we have in
%   |latex.ltx| the same definitions as in |plain.tex|:
%  |\chardef\%=`\%|, 
%  |\chardef\&=`\&|, and 
%  |\chardef\#=`\#|. It turns out that we can just adjust the mathcodes of these
%  characters and achieve exactly what is wanted for the corresponding one char
%  control sequences. In math mode the control sequence will use the specified
%  mathcode. So here it is \emph{not} a redefinition of  the control sequences,
%  purely an adjustment of mathcodes.
%
%  |1.2d| |2013/01/01|: previous versions imposed the variable family type. I
%  hereby make it possible to de-activate this feature with the macro
%  \cs{MTeasynonlettersdonotobeymathxx}. Besides, I have absolutely no idea
%  why I had different looking code depending on the engine \XeTeX, \LuaTeX\ or
%  default. Removed.
%
%  |1.3c| |2013/12/14|: I have absolutely no idea why I removed the \XeTeX\
%  and \LuaTeX\ code at the time of |1.2d|! the code for tex/pdftex engine
%  could not accomodate more than 16 math families. Code for \XeTeX\ and
%  \LuaTeX\ again added. (and since TL2013 no more problems with
%  |\luatexUmathcode|.)
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@nospecials
\else
   \typeout{** \string\#\space\string\mathdollar\space
               \string\%\space\string\&\space}
  \ifmst@XeOrLua
  \mst@Umathcode`\#=0 \symmtoperatorfont "23 \relax
  \mst@Umathchardef\mathdollar=0 \symmtoperatorfont "24 \relax
  \mst@Umathcode`\%=0 \symmtoperatorfont "25 \relax
  \mst@Umathcode`\&=0 \symmtoperatorfont "26 \relax
  \mst@do@easynonletters\expandafter{%
    \the\mst@do@easynonletters
    \mst@Umathcode`\#=7 \symmtoperatorfont "23 \relax
    \mst@Umathchardef\mathdollar=7 \symmtoperatorfont "24 \relax
    \mst@Umathcode`\%=7 \symmtoperatorfont "25 \relax
    \mst@Umathcode`\&=7 \symmtoperatorfont "26 \relax
    }
  \else
  \count@=\symmtoperatorfont
  \multiply\count@ by \@cclvi
  \advance\count@ by 35
      \mathcode`\#\count@
  \advance\count@ by \@ne
      \mathchardef\mathdollar\count@
  \advance\count@ by \@ne
      \mathcode`\%\count@
  \advance\count@ by \@ne
      \mathcode`\&\count@
  \count@=\symmtoperatorfont
  \multiply\count@ by \@cclvi
  \advance\count@ by 28707 % = "7023
      \mathchardef\mst@varfam@mathhash\count@
  \advance\count@ by \@ne
      \mathchardef\mst@varfam@mathdollar\count@
  \advance\count@ by \@ne
      \mathchardef\mst@varfam@mathpercent\count@
  \advance\count@ by \@ne
      \mathchardef\mst@varfam@mathampersand\count@
  \mst@do@easynonletters\expandafter{\the\mst@do@easynonletters
    \mathcode`\#=\mst@varfam@mathhash
    \let\mathdollar\mst@varfam@mathdollar
    \mathcode`\%=\mst@varfam@mathpercent
    \mathcode`\&=\mst@varfam@mathampersand}
  \fi
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{symbolmisc}
% We construct (with some effort) some long arrows from the Symbol glyphs, of
% almost the same lengths as the standard ones. By the way, I always found the
% \cs{iff} to be too wide, but I follow here the default. Also, although
% there is a \cs{longmapsto} in standard \LaTeX{}, if I am not mistaken, there
% is no \cs{longto}. So I define one here. I could not construct in the same
% manner \cs{Longrightarrow} etc\dots{} as the = sign from Symbol does not
% combine easily with the logical arrows, well, I could have done some box
% manipulations, but well, life is finite.
% \begin{macro}{\prod}
% \begin{macro}{\sum}
%   |1.13b|: I correct the brutal re-definitions of \cs{prod} and \cs{sum} from
%   the earlier versions of the package; most of the time the Symbol glyphs do
%   appear to be too small in display mode. The new redefinitions do have some
%   defects: |$\displaystyle\prod_1^2$| changes the position of limits but not
%   the glyph itself, and |$$\textstyle\prod_1^2$$| change the limits but
%   switches to the CM inline math glyph. So I tried\\
%   |\renewcommand{\prod}{\mathchoice{\mst@prod}{\prodpsy}{\prodpsy}{\prodpsy}}|\\
%   but this did not go well with subscripts and exponents. 
%    
% Note oct 2012: maybe I should re-examine what I did?
% |1.3c| (|2013/12/14|) renames |\defaultprod| to |\MToriginalprod| and
% |\defaultsum| to 
% |\MToriginalsum|. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@symbolmisc\typeout{** symbolmisc: miscellaneous math symbols from Symbol font}
\let\mst@prod\prod
\let\MToriginalprod\prod
\DeclareMathSymbol{\prodpsy}{\mathop}{mtpsymbol}{213}
\renewcommand*{\prod}{\ifinner\prodpsy\else\mst@prod\fi}
\let\mst@sum\sum
\let\MToriginalsum\sum
\DeclareMathSymbol{\sumpsy}{\mathop}{mtpsymbol}{229}
\renewcommand*{\sum}{\ifinner\sumpsy\else\mst@sum\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@implies}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{222}
\DeclareRobustCommand*{\implies}{\;\mst@implies\;}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@impliedby}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{220}
\DeclareRobustCommand*{\impliedby}{\;\mst@impliedby\;}
\DeclareRobustCommand*{\iff}{\;\mst@impliedby\mathrel{\mkern-3mu}\mst@implies\;}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@iff}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{219}
\DeclareRobustCommand*{\shortiff}{\;\mst@iff\;}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@to}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{174}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@trait}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{190}
\DeclareRobustCommand*\to{\mst@to}
\DeclareRobustCommand*\longto{\mkern2mu\mst@trait\mathrel{\mkern-10mu}\mst@to}
\DeclareRobustCommand*\mapsto{\mapstochar\mathrel{\mkern0.2mu}\mst@to}
\DeclareRobustCommand*\longmapsto{%
\mapstochar\mathrel{\mkern2mu}\mst@trait\mathrel{\mkern-10mu}\mst@to}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\aleph}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{192}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\inftypsy}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{165} 
\DeclareMathSymbol{\emptyset}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{198}
\let\varnothing\emptyset
\DeclareMathSymbol{\nabla}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{209}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\surd}{\mathop}{mtpsymbol}{214}
\let\angle\undefined
\DeclareMathSymbol{\angle}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{208}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\forall}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{34}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\exists}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{36}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\neg}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{216}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\clubsuit}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{167}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\diamondsuit}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{168}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\heartsuit}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{169}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\spadesuit}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{170}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\smallint}{\mathop}{mtpsymbol}{242}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\wedge}{\mathbin}{mtpsymbol}{217}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\vee}{\mathbin}{mtpsymbol}{218}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\cap}{\mathbin}{mtpsymbol}{199}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\cup}{\mathbin}{mtpsymbol}{200}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\bullet}{\mathbin}{mtpsymbol}{183}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\div}{\mathbin}{mtpsymbol}{184}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\otimes}{\mathbin}{mtpsymbol}{196}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\oplus}{\mathbin}{mtpsymbol}{197}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\pm}{\mathbin}{mtpsymbol}{177}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\times}{\mathbin}{mtpsymbol}{180}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\proptopsy}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{181}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mid}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{124} 
\DeclareMathSymbol{\leq}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{163}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\geq}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{179}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\approx}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{187}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\supset}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{201}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\subset}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{204}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\supseteq}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{202}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\subseteq}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{205}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\in}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{206}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\sim}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{126}
\let\cong\undefined
\DeclareMathSymbol{\cong}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{64} 
\DeclareMathSymbol{\perp}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{94}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\equiv}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{186}
\let\notin\undefined
\DeclareMathSymbol{\notin}{\mathrel}{mtpsymbol}{207}
\DeclareMathDelimiter{\rangle}
   {\mathclose}{mtpsymbol}{241}{largesymbols}{"0B}
\DeclareMathDelimiter{\langle}
   {\mathopen}{mtpsymbol}{225}{largesymbols}{"0A}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{symbolre}
% I like the \cs{Re} and \cs{Im} from Symbol, so I overwrite the CM ones.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@symbolre\typeout{** symbolre: \string\Re\space and \string\Im\space from Symbol font}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\Re}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"C2}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\Im}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"C1}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\DotTriangle}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{92}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{Greek letters}
% LGRgreek $>$ selfGreek $>$ eulergreek $>$ symbolgreek 
% 
% |1.11| I correct some bugs on how eulergreek and
% symbolgreek interacted.
%
% |1.12b| more bug fixes.
%
% |1.13| 
%
%       * Option LGRgreek. 
%
%       * Also, a behavior has been changed: it regards the selfGreek case,
%       the default shape is now the one for letters, not for operator-names
%       and digits. This complies to the ISO standard.  
%
%       * bugfix: version |1.12b| did not define the \cs{omicron} in the
%       case when no Greek-related option was passed to the package. 
%
% |1.13d| has new macros |\MTstandardgreek| and |\MTcustomgreek|.
%       And in the subdued case |\MTstandardgreek| is done when switching to
%       the normal or bold math versions (previously something like this
%       was only done in case of |LGRgreek| option. )
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\mst@mathord\mathalpha
\mst@goaheadtrue
\ifmst@selfGreek 
    \def\mst@font@tbu{mtselfGreekfont}
\else
    \ifmst@eulergreek 
        \def\mst@font@tbu{mteulervm} 
    \else
      \ifmst@symbolgreek 
        \def\mst@font@tbu{mtpsymbol}
        \let\mst@mathord\mathord
      \else
         \ifmst@LGRgreek
            \mst@goaheadfalse
         \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% The \cs{omicron} requires special treatment. By default we use the o from the
% (original) normal alphabet, if eulergreek or symbolgreek we adapt.  There is
% also a special adjustment  if the package |fourier| was loaded in its
% |upright| variant: we then take \cs{omicron} from the (original) rm alphabet.
%    \begin{macrocode}
           \mst@goaheadfalse
           \def\mst@omicron {\mst@alph@omicron{o}}
         \fi
      \fi
   \fi
\fi
\ifmst@goahead
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Alpha}{\mst@mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"41}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Beta}{\mst@mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"42}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Epsilon}{\mst@mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"45}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Zeta}{\mst@mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"5A}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Eta}{\mst@mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"48}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Iota}{\mst@mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"49}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Kappa}{\mst@mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"4B}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Mu}{\mst@mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"4D}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Nu}{\mst@mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"4E}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Omicron}{\mst@mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"4F}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Rho}{\mst@mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"50}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Tau}{\mst@mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"54}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Chi}{\mst@mathord}{\mst@font@tbu}{"58}
%    \end{macrocode}
%  When we in fact use Symbol, we  have to correct \cs{Rho} and
%  \cs{Chi}. And \cs{Digamma} is non-existent in fact (no F
%  in Symbol, F codes a \cs{Phi}).
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifx\mst@mathord\mathord
%    \end{macrocode}
%  symbolgreek but neither eulergreek nor selfGreek
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% attention le P de Symbol est un \Pi pas un \Rho
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Rho}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"52}
%% attention le X de Symbol est un \Xi pas un \Chi
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Chi}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"43}
%% attention le F de Symbol est un \Phi. Il n'y a pas de \Digamma
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Gamma}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"47}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Delta}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"44}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Theta}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"51}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Lambda}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"4C}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Xi}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"58}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Pi}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"50}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Sigma}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"53}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Upsilon}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"A1}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Phi}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"46}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Psi}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"59}
    \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Omega}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"57}
  \else % de \mst@mathord=\mathord
%    \end{macrocode}
% not symbolgreek but eulergreek or selfGreek. Note |2015/10/31| : apparemment à
% un moment dans le passé je considérais eulergreek et selfGreek comme pouvant
% être utilisés simultanément car j'avais ici "or both". Mais je laisse tomber
% tout effort réel de m'en préoccuper.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \DeclareMathSymbol\mst@Digamma  {\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"46}
    \DeclareMathSymbol\mst@Gamma    {\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"00}
    \DeclareMathSymbol\mst@Delta    {\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"01}
    \DeclareMathSymbol\mst@Theta    {\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"02}
    \DeclareMathSymbol\mst@Lambda   {\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"03}
    \DeclareMathSymbol\mst@Xi       {\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"04}
    \DeclareMathSymbol\mst@Pi       {\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"05}
    \DeclareMathSymbol\mst@Sigma    {\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"06}
    \DeclareMathSymbol\mst@Upsilon  {\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"07}
    \DeclareMathSymbol\mst@Phi      {\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"08}
    \DeclareMathSymbol\mst@Psi      {\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"09}
    \DeclareMathSymbol\mst@Omega    {\mathalpha}{\mst@font@tbu}{"0A}
  \fi % de \mst@mathord=\mathord
\fi % fin de goahead
%    \end{macrocode}
% There are differences regarding Euler and Symbol with respect to the
% available var-letters. We include one or two things like the |wp| and the
% |partial|.
%
% The lower case Greek letters in default \LaTeX{} are of type |mathord|. If
% we use the Euler font it is perhaps better to have them be of type
% |mathalpha|
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@goahead
 \ifmst@eulergreek
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@alpha}  {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"0B}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@beta}   {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"0C}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@gamma}  {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"0D}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@delta}  {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"0E}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@epsilon}{\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"0F}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@zeta}   {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"10}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@eta}    {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"11}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@theta}  {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"12}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@iota}   {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"13}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@kappa}  {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"14}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@lambda} {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"15}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@mu}     {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"16}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@nu}     {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"17}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@xi}     {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"18}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@omicron}{\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"6F}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@pi}     {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"19}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@rho}    {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"1A}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@sigma}  {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"1B}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@tau}    {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"1C}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@upsilon}{\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"1D}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@phi}    {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"1E}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@chi}    {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"1F}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@psi}    {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"20}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@omega}  {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"21}
%
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varepsilon}{\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"22}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@vartheta}{\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"23}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varpi}  {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"24}
  \let\mst@varrho=\mst@rho
  \let\mst@varsigma=\mst@sigma
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varphi} {\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"27}
%
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@partial}{\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"40}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@wp}{\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"7D}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@ell}{\mathalpha}{mteulervm}{"60}
 \else
  \ifmst@symbolgreek
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@alpha}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"61}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@beta}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"62}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@gamma}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"67}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@delta}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"64}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@epsilon}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"65}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@zeta}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"7A}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@eta}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"68}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@theta}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"71}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@iota}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"69}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@kappa}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"6B}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@lambda}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"6C}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@mu}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"6D}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@nu}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"6E}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@xi}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"78}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@omicron}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"6F}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@pi}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"70}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@rho}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"72}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@sigma}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"73}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@tau}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"74}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@upsilon}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"75}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@phi}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"66}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@chi}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"63}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@psi}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"79}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@omega}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"77}
  \let\mst@varepsilon=\mst@epsilon 
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@vartheta}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"4A}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varpi}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"76}
  \let\mst@varrho=\mst@rho 
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varsigma}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"56}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varphi}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"6A}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@partial}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"B6}
  \DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@wp}{\mathord}{mtpsymbol}{"C3}
  \fi
 \fi
\fi
\ifmst@LGRgreek
% cf http://milde.users.sourceforge.net/LGR/lgrxenc.def.html
% et greek.ldf du package babel
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Alpha}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{65}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Beta}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{66}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Epsilon}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{69}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Zeta}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{90}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Eta}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{72}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Iota}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{73}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Kappa}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{75}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Mu}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{77}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Nu}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{78}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Omicron}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{79}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Rho}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{82}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Tau}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{84}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Chi}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{81}
%
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Digamma}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{195}    
%
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Gamma}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{71}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Delta}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{68}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Theta}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{74}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Lambda}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{76}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Xi}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{88}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Pi}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{80}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Sigma}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{83}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Upsilon}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{85}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Phi}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{70}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Psi}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{89}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@Omega}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontupper}{87}
%
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@alpha}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{97}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@beta}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{98}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@gamma}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{103}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@delta}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{100}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@epsilon}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{101}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@zeta}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{122}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@eta}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{104}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@theta}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{106}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@iota}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{105}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@kappa}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{107}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@lambda}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{108}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@mu}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{109}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@nu}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{110}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@xi}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{120}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@omicron}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{111}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@pi}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{112}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@rho}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{114}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@sigma}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{115}       
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@tau}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{116}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@upsilon}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{117}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@phi}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{102}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@chi}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{113}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@psi}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{121}
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@omega}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{119}
%
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@digamma}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{147}   
% only varsigma defined (I should check this again)
\DeclareMathSymbol{\mst@varsigma}{\mathalpha}{mtlgrfontlower}{99}  
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\MTstandardgreek}
% \begin{macro}{\MTcustomgreek}
% \begin{macro}{\MTrecordstandardgreek}
%   |1.3d 2014/05/23| defines the commands |\MTstandardgreek| and
%   |\MTcustomgreek| for package and user. I leave |\MTrecordstandardgreek|
%   undocumented as I don't want to encourage people to load math packages
%   after \mst.
%
% |1.3h 2015/10/31|: corrected |\MTcustomgreek| as it caused |\ell| to
% become undefined under option |symbolgreek| and, much more catastrophic,
% caused |\alpha|, etc.. to become undefined under option |selfGreek| !
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\MTstandardgreek}{}
\newcommand*{\MTcustomgreek}{}
\newcommand*{\MTrecordstandardgreek}{}
\ifmst@customgreek
 \renewcommand*{\MTrecordstandardgreek}{%
    \let\mst@origAlpha\Alpha
    \let\mst@origBeta\Beta
    \let\mst@origGamma\Gamma
    \let\mst@origDelta\Delta
    \let\mst@origEpsilon\Epsilon
    \let\mst@origZeta\Zeta
    \let\mst@origEta\Eta
    \let\mst@origTheta\Theta
    \let\mst@origIota\Iota
    \let\mst@origKappa\Kappa
    \let\mst@origLambda\Lambda
    \let\mst@origMu\Mu
    \let\mst@origNu\Nu
    \let\mst@origXi\Xi
    \let\mst@origOmicron\Omicron
    \let\mst@origPi\Pi
    \let\mst@origRho\Rho
    \let\mst@origSigma\Sigma
    \let\mst@origTau\Tau
    \let\mst@origUpsilon\Upsilon
    \let\mst@origPhi\Phi
    \let\mst@origChi\Chi
    \let\mst@origPsi\Psi
    \let\mst@origOmega\Omega
%
    \let\mst@origalpha\alpha
    \let\mst@origbeta\beta
    \let\mst@origgamma\gamma
    \let\mst@origdelta\delta
    \let\mst@origepsilon\epsilon
    \let\mst@origvarepsilon\varepsilon
    \let\mst@origzeta\zeta
    \let\mst@origeta\eta
    \let\mst@origtheta\theta
    \let\mst@origvartheta\vartheta
    \let\mst@origiota\iota
    \let\mst@origkappa\kappa
    \let\mst@origlambda\lambda
    \let\mst@origmu\mu
    \let\mst@orignu\nu
    \let\mst@origxi\xi
    \let\mst@origomicron\omicron
    \let\mst@origpi\pi
    \let\mst@origvarpi\varpi
    \let\mst@origrho\rho
    \let\mst@origvarrho\varrho
    \let\mst@origsigma\sigma
    \let\mst@origvarsigma\varsigma
    \let\mst@origtau\tau
    \let\mst@origupsilon\upsilon
    \let\mst@origphi\phi
    \let\mst@origvarphi\varphi
    \let\mst@origchi\chi
    \let\mst@origpsi\psi
    \let\mst@origomega\omega
    \let\mst@origDigamma\Digamma
    \let\mst@origdigamma\digamma
%
    \let\mst@origpartial\partial
    \let\mst@origwp\wp
    \let\mst@origell\ell }
\MTrecordstandardgreek 
\renewcommand*{\MTstandardgreek}{%
    \let\Alpha\mst@origAlpha
    \let\Beta\mst@origBeta
    \let\Gamma\mst@origGamma
    \let\Delta\mst@origDelta
    \let\Epsilon\mst@origEpsilon
    \let\Zeta\mst@origZeta
    \let\Eta\mst@origEta
    \let\Theta\mst@origTheta
    \let\Iota\mst@origIota
    \let\Kappa\mst@origKappa
    \let\Lambda\mst@origLambda
    \let\Mu\mst@origMu
    \let\Nu\mst@origNu
    \let\Xi\mst@origXi
    \let\Omicron\mst@origOmicron
    \let\Pi\mst@origPi
    \let\Rho\mst@origRho
    \let\Sigma\mst@origSigma
    \let\Tau\mst@origTau
    \let\Upsilon\mst@origUpsilon
    \let\Phi\mst@origPhi
    \let\Chi\mst@origChi
    \let\Psi\mst@origPsi
    \let\Omega\mst@origOmega
%
    \let\alpha\mst@origalpha
    \let\beta\mst@origbeta
    \let\gamma\mst@origgamma
    \let\delta\mst@origdelta
    \let\epsilon\mst@origepsilon
    \let\varepsilon\mst@origvarepsilon
    \let\zeta\mst@origzeta
    \let\eta\mst@origeta
    \let\theta\mst@origtheta
    \let\vartheta\mst@origvartheta
    \let\iota\mst@origiota
    \let\kappa\mst@origkappa
    \let\lambda\mst@origlambda
    \let\mu\mst@origmu
    \let\nu\mst@orignu
    \let\xi\mst@origxi
    \let\omicron\mst@origomicron
    \let\pi\mst@origpi
    \let\varpi\mst@origvarpi
    \let\rho\mst@origrho
    \let\varrho\mst@origvarrho
    \let\sigma\mst@origsigma
    \let\varsigma\mst@origvarsigma
    \let\tau\mst@origtau
    \let\upsilon\mst@origupsilon
    \let\phi\mst@origphi
    \let\varphi\mst@origvarphi
    \let\chi\mst@origchi
    \let\psi\mst@origpsi
    \let\omega\mst@origomega
    \let\Digamma\mst@origDigamma
    \let\digamma\mst@origdigamma
%
    \let\partial\mst@origpartial
    \let\wp\mst@origwp
    \let\ell\mst@origell
}
\renewcommand*{\MTcustomgreek}{%
    \let\Alpha\mst@Alpha
    \let\Beta\mst@Beta
    \let\Epsilon\mst@Epsilon
    \let\Zeta\mst@Zeta
    \let\Eta\mst@Eta
    \let\Iota\mst@Iota
    \let\Kappa\mst@Kappa
    \let\Mu\mst@Mu
    \let\Nu\mst@Nu
    \let\Omicron\mst@Omicron
    \let\Rho\mst@Rho
    \let\Tau\mst@Tau
    \let\Chi\mst@Chi
% 1.3h: \mst@Digamma not defined if symbolgreek option
    \ifmst@symbolgreek\else\let\Digamma\mst@Digamma\fi
%
    \let\Gamma\mst@Gamma
    \let\Delta\mst@Delta
    \let\Theta\mst@Theta
    \let\Lambda\mst@Lambda
    \let\Xi\mst@Xi
    \let\Pi\mst@Pi
    \let\Sigma\mst@Sigma
    \let\Upsilon\mst@Upsilon
    \let\Phi\mst@Phi
    \let\Psi\mst@Psi
    \let\Omega\mst@Omega
%    \end{macrocode}
% |1.3h 2015/10/31| adds this conditional to correct the bad bug in 
% |1.3d 2014/05/23| which caused |\alpha| etc... to become undefined 
% under option |selfGreek|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \ifmst@selfGreek\else
    \let\alpha\mst@alpha
    \let\beta\mst@beta
    \let\gamma\mst@gamma
    \let\delta\mst@delta
    \let\epsilon\mst@epsilon
    \let\zeta\mst@zeta
    \let\eta\mst@eta
    \let\theta\mst@theta
    \let\iota\mst@iota
    \let\kappa\mst@kappa
    \let\lambda\mst@lambda
    \let\mu\mst@mu
    \let\nu\mst@nu
    \let\xi\mst@xi
    \let\omicron\mst@omicron
    \let\pi\mst@pi
    \let\rho\mst@rho
    \let\sigma\mst@sigma
    \let\tau\mst@tau
    \let\upsilon\mst@upsilon
    \let\phi\mst@phi
    \let\chi\mst@chi
    \let\psi\mst@psi
    \let\omega\mst@omega
% 1.3h: digamma only defined with option LGRgreek:
    \ifmst@LGRgreek\let\digamma\mst@digamma\fi
%
    \let\varsigma\mst@varsigma
% conditional added 1.3h 2015/10/31
    \ifmst@LGRgreek\else
      \let\varepsilon\mst@varepsilon
      \let\vartheta\mst@vartheta
      \let\varpi\mst@varpi
      \let\varrho\mst@varrho
      \let\varphi\mst@varphi
%
      \let\partial\mst@partial
      \let\wp\mst@wp
% 1.3h: no \mst@ell if symbolgreek (bugfix 1.3h 2015/10/31)
      \ifmst@symbolgreek\else\let\ell\mst@ell\fi
    \fi
 \fi
}
\fi
\let\Mathastextstandardgreek\MTstandardgreek
\let\Mathastextcustomgreek\MTcustomgreek
\ifmst@subdued\else\MTcustomgreek\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\inodot}
% \begin{macro}{\jnodot}
%   In |1.0|, I had them of type |mathord|, here I choose |mathalpha|. If I
%   used \cs{i} and \cs{j} from the text font the problem would be with the
%   fontsize, if in scriptstyle. The amsmath \cs{text} would do the trick.
%
% |1.14b| |2011/04/02|: again this bug in the EU1/EU2 encoding part, as in the
% code redefining \$ etc in math mode (see above). Fixed.
%
% |1.3l| |2016/01/29|: anticipating TL2016 fontspec's switch to |TU|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\edef\mst@tmp@enc{\encodingdefault}
\mst@goaheadtrue
\if1\mst@OneifUniEnc
  % Unicode engine and font
  \mst@Umathchardef\inodot="7 \symmtletterfont "0131 \relax
  \mst@Umathchardef\jnodot="7 \symmtletterfont "0237 \relax
\else 
\ifx\mst@tmp@enc\mst@ti % T1
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\inodot}{\mathalpha}{mtletterfont}{25}
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\jnodot}{\mathalpha}{mtletterfont}{26}
\else
\ifx\mst@tmp@enc\mst@oti % OT1
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\inodot}{\mathalpha}{mtletterfont}{16}
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\jnodot}{\mathalpha}{mtletterfont}{17}
\else
\ifx\mst@tmp@enc\mst@lyi % LY1
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\inodot}{\mathalpha}{mtletterfont}{16}
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\jnodot}{\mathalpha}{mtletterfont}{17}
\else
   \ifmst@XeOrLua\mst@goaheadfalse\else
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\inodot}{\mathalpha}{mtletterfont}
{\expandafter\the\expandafter\csname\mst@tmp@enc\string\i\endcsname}
   \DeclareMathSymbol{\jnodot}{\mathalpha}{mtletterfont}
{\expandafter\the\expandafter\csname\mst@tmp@enc\string\j\endcsname}
   \fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi
\ifmst@defaultimath\else\typeout{** \string\i\space and \string\j\space}
  \ifmst@goahead
    \renewcommand*{\imath}{\inodot}
    \renewcommand*{\jmath}{\jnodot}
    \let\mst@oldi\i \let\mst@oldj\j
    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\i}{\ifmmode\inodot\else\mst@oldi\fi}
    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\j}{\ifmmode\jnodot\else\mst@oldj\fi}
  \fi
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{math accents}
%   I don't know how to get from the encoding to the slot
%   positions of the accents (apart from going to look at
%   all possible encodings definition files and putting this
%   info here).  In standard \LaTeX{}, the mathaccents are
%   taken from the `operators' font. So we do the same
%   here. Of course there is the problem that the user can
%   define math versions with different encodings. Here I
%   take T1 if it was the default at the time of loading the
%   package, else OT1.
%   |1.12b|: I add LY1 which is quasi like OT1
%    \begin{macrocode}
\edef\mst@tmp@enc{\encodingdefault} %% rather one too many than sorry 
\ifmst@mathaccents\typeout{** math accents}
\ifx\mst@ti\mst@tmp@enc
\DeclareMathAccent{\acute}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{1}
\DeclareMathAccent{\grave}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{0}
\DeclareMathAccent{\ddot}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{4}
\DeclareMathAccent{\tilde}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{3}
\DeclareMathAccent{\bar}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{9}
\DeclareMathAccent{\breve}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{8}
\DeclareMathAccent{\check}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{7}
\DeclareMathAccent{\hat}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{2}
\DeclareMathAccent{\dot}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{10}
\DeclareMathAccent{\mathring}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{6}
\else 
\DeclareMathAccent{\acute}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{19}
\DeclareMathAccent{\grave}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{18}
\DeclareMathAccent{\ddot}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{127}
\DeclareMathAccent{\tilde}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{126}
\DeclareMathAccent{\bar}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{22}
\DeclareMathAccent{\breve}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{21}
\DeclareMathAccent{\check}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{20}
\DeclareMathAccent{\hat}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{94}
\DeclareMathAccent{\dot}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{95}
\DeclareMathAccent{\mathring}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{23}
  \ifx\mst@lyi\mst@tmp@enc   % LY1 encoding
    \DeclareMathAccent{\dot}{\mathalpha}{mtoperatorfont}{5}
  \else
     \ifx\mst@oti\mst@tmp@enc\else
      \typeout{** mathastext: math accents have been assumed to be^^J%
        ** as in OT1 encoding.}
      \fi
   \fi
\fi\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{Math sizes}
% I took the code for \cs{Huge} and \cs{HUGE} from the |moresize| package of
% Christian~\textsc{Cornelssen}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifmst@defaultsizes\else
\providecommand\@xxxpt{29.86}
\providecommand\@xxxvipt{35.83}
\ifmst@twelve  
  \def\Huge{\@setfontsize\Huge\@xxxpt{36}}
  \def\HUGE{\@setfontsize\HUGE\@xxxvipt{43}}
\typeout{** \protect\Huge\space and \protect\HUGE\space have been (re)-defined.}
\else 
  \def\HUGE{\@setfontsize\HUGE\@xxxpt{36}}
\typeout{** \protect\HUGE\space has been (re)-defined.} 
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% I choose rather big subscripts.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\defaultscriptratio{.8333}
\def\defaultscriptscriptratio{.7}
\DeclareMathSizes{9}{9}{7}{5}
\DeclareMathSizes{\@xpt}{\@xpt}{8}{6}
\DeclareMathSizes{\@xipt}{\@xipt}{9}{7}
\DeclareMathSizes{\@xiipt}{\@xiipt}{10}{8}
\DeclareMathSizes{\@xivpt}{\@xivpt}{\@xiipt}{10}
\DeclareMathSizes{\@xviipt}{\@xviipt}{\@xivpt}{\@xiipt}
\DeclareMathSizes{\@xxpt}{\@xxpt}{\@xviipt}{\@xivpt}
\DeclareMathSizes{\@xxvpt}{\@xxvpt}{\@xxpt}{\@xviipt}
\DeclareMathSizes{\@xxxpt}{\@xxxpt}{\@xxvpt}{\@xxpt}
\DeclareMathSizes{\@xxxvipt}{\@xxxvipt}{\@xxxpt}{\@xxvpt}
\typeout{** mathastext has declared larger sizes for subscripts.^^J%
** To keep LaTeX defaults, use option `defaultmathsizes\string'.}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\MTeverymathoff}
%   |1.3i 2016/01/06| Compatibility patch with |\url| from |url.sty| and
%   |\url/\nolinkurl| from |hyperref.sty|.
%
%   |1.3j 2016/01/15| renamed the macro from |\MTactivemathoff| to
%   |\MTeverymathoff|, as it is not exclusively a matter of math active
%   characters due to |\MTeasynonlettersdonotobeymathxx|.
%
%   |1.3o 2016/05/03| adds \cs{MTdonotfixfonts}. Operant with \LuaLaTeX\ only.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\MTeverymathoff {%
    \MTnormalasterisk
    \MTnormalprime
    \MTnonlettersdonotobeymathxx
    \MTeasynonlettersdonotobeymathxx
    \MTmathstandardletters
    \MTdonotfixfonts
}%
\AtBeginDocument {%
   \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}
   {\def\Hurl{\begingroup\MTeverymathoff\Url}}
   {\@ifpackageloaded{url}{\DeclareUrlCommand\url{\MTeverymathoff}}{}}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\MTeverymathdefault}
%   |1.3j 2016/01/15| Customizable command which gets executed by
%   \cs{MTversion} except when switching to |normal/bold| if option |subdued|.
%   The included \cs{MTicinmath} does \cs{MTmathactiveletters} which will also
%   activate the math skips around letters.
%
%   The \cs{MTeverymathdefault} does not include
%   \cs{MTmathoperatorsobeymathxx} as the latter does not correspond to
%   something done during execution of |\the\everymath|.
%
%   Should I put  |\let\newmcodes@\mst@newmcodes@| here too ? No, it is not
%   done at everymath.
%
%   During the loading, the (non subdued) package does \cs{MTactiveasterisk}
%   (if option asterisk), \cs{MTprimedoesskip}, \cs{MTeasynonlettersobeymathxx}
%   and \cs{MTmathactiveletters}. There is some code at begin document for
%   decisions about italic corrections, this code does not emit again
%   \cs{MTmathactiveletters}, hence a \cs{MTmathstandardletters} in the
%   preamble is not overruled. Furthermore the at begin document code will not
%   overrule user emitted \cs{MTnoicinmath} etc... commands in the preamble.
%
%   And user can employ \cs{MTnormalexists}, etc..., from inside the preamble,
%   it will not be overruled (as it is delayed at begin document to after \mst
%   dealings).
%
%   |1.3o 2016/05/03| adds \cs{MTfixfonts}. Operant with \LuaLaTeX\ only.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\MTeverymathdefault {%
    \MTactiveasterisk
    \MTprimedoesskip
    \MTeasynonlettersobeymathxx
    \MTicinmath
    \MTfixfonts
}%
\endinput
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
% \MakePercentComment
%</package>
%<*dtx>
\CharacterTable
 {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
  Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
  Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
  Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
  Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
  Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
  Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
  Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
  Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
  Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
  Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
  Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
  Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
  Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}

\CheckSum{5558}
\makeatletter\check@checksum\makeatother
\Finale
%%
%% End of file `mathastext.dtx'.
